DALI gateway Plus Order No

Size: px
Start display at page:

Download "DALI gateway Plus Order No"

Transcription

1 KNX Product documentaton Issue: DALI gateway Plus

2 Table of Contents KNX Product documentaton 1 Product defnton Product catalogue Functon Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton Safety nstructons Devce components Fttng and electrcal connecton Commssonng Operaton Techncal data Software descrpton Software specfcaton Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Scope of functons Notes on software Object table Objects for group and sngle devces Objects for scenes and effects Object for emergency lghtng Objects for general functons Applcaton bascs DALI system and addressng types DALI emergency lghtng systems ETS plug-n Descrpton of group- and devce-ndependent functons DALI communcaton DALI error messages Status and feedbacks Global swtchng status / Standby swtch-off Manual operaton Central functon Descrpton of group and devce functons Defnton of the brghtness range Response after a devce reset Supplementary functon Feedback functons Dmmng characterstc and dmmng behavour Automatc swtch-off Swtch-on and swtch-off behavour Starcase functon Operatng hours counter Scene functon Effect functon Page 2 of 229

3 KNX Product documentaton Emergency lghtng General confguratons Confguratons for centrally-suppled emergency lghts Confguratons for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts DALI commssonng Startng DALI commssonng Performng DALI commssonng Extng DALI commssonng Offlne commssonng Troubleshootng DALI test Delvery state Parameters General parameters Parameters for manual operaton Parameters for groups and sngle devces Parameters for scenes and effects Parameters for emergency lghts Appendx Index Page 3 of 229

4 Product defnton 1 Product defnton 1.1 Product catalogue Product name: DALI gateway Plus Use: Desgn: Gateway RMD (ral-mounted devce) 1.2 Functon The DALI Gateway forms the nterface between a KNX nstallaton and a dgtal DALI (Dgtal Addressable Lghtng Interface) lghtng system. The DALI Gateway allows the swtchng and dmmng of a maxmum of 64 lghts wth a DALI operatng devce (e.g. electronc ballast). Up to 6 dfferent addressng types of the DALI Gateway allow group-orentated and ndvduallyaddress control of DALI lghts va KNX telegrams. Ths allows the ntegraton of room-specfc lght control, for example, of open-plan offces, multpurpose spaces, producton facltes, tranng and presentaton rooms or showcases nto the hgher-level KNX buldng management. Dependng on the confguraton, up to 32 ndependent DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary. Optonally, master control of all connected DALI components s possble (broadcast). Ths means that there s no need to commsson DALI, meanng that lghtng systems wth few functons can be started up quckly and easly (smplfed confguraton wthout DALI commssonng). Lghts or lght groups can optonally be ntegrated n up to 16 scenes, meanng that preprogrammed statc lght scenes can be recalled. If necessary, the brghtness values of the scenes can be ndvdually adapted and saved durng devce operaton, allowng the user to replace the presettngs of the ETS. In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Tme-controlled togglng of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamc. Brghtness sequences can be mplemented usng one or more DALI groups, or also usng ndvdual DALI devces or scenes. The DALI Gateway can be ntegrated nto DALI emergency lghtng systems. It allows nterference-free operaton of operatng devces, general lghtng systems and emergency lghtng operatng devces of the same DALI system. The devce s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control-Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. Alternatvely or n addton, the DALI Gateway permts the control and functon montorng of ndvdual battery-operated emergency lghtng operatng devces, accordng to IEC The DALI Gateway permts the separate feedback of the ndvdual swtchng and brghtness statuses of the DALI groups and sngle devces to the KNX. In addton, the general DALI state of operaton can be sgnalled to the KNX (error status, short-crcut, status of the supply voltage). The functon features that are ndependently adjustable for every lght group or each sngle devce by means of the ETS nclude, for example, separately confgurable brghtness ranges, extended feedback functons, a dsablng functon, or alternatvely, a forced poston functon, separately adjustable dmmng behavour, tme delays, soft dmmng functons, a starcase functon wth supplementary functons and an operatng hours counter. Moreover, the brghtness values of the groups of sngle devces n case of bus voltage falure or bus voltage return and after ETS programmng, can be preset separately. Central swtchng or collectve feedback of all swtchng states s also possble. The operatng elements (4 pushbuttons) on the front panel of the devce allow the DALI lght groups or sngle devces to be swtched on and off or dmmed by manual operaton n parallel wth the KNX even wthout bus voltage or n a non-programmed state (broadcast of all the connected DALI subscrbers). Ths feature permts fast checkng of connected loads for proper functonng. Page 4 of 229

5 Product defnton In addton, the DALI Gateway s able to check the completeness of the operatng devces ntegrated nto the DALI system. Ths means that t s possble to detect the replacement of a defectve electronc ballast wth a new one. The automatc devce replacement fulfls ths functon as necessary. The Gateway then transmts the confguraton data to the new electronc ballast, fully automatcally, wthout the need to carry out specal commssonng. Ths smplfes the repar of a DALI system consderably. The DALI Gateway s confgured and commssoned usng a plug-n embedded n the ETS. We recommend usng ETS4.1.7 or a more recent verson of ETS for project desgnng and commssonng of ths devce. Project desgnng and commssonng of the devce usng ETS3 of verson "d" or hgher s also possble. Addtonal hardware or software s not requred for the confguraton and commssonng of the DALI Gateway. The dentfcaton, addressng and assgnment of DALI operatng devces takes place n the DALI commssonng envronment of the ETS plug-n. Commssonng can be prepared offlne n the parameter confguraton f necessary. Offlne commssonng s deal as the preparaton for later complete commssonng, f there s no programmng connecton to the DALI Gateway or the DALI operatng devces, but group assgnment s stll to take place. Ths s normally the case when the buldng plannng and thus also the Gateway confguraton take place earler than the commssonng of the DALI Gateway and the DALI system. The DALI short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble n ths way. Through the transmsson of the unque names to the KNX buldng vsualsaton (e.g. control panels), the user s able - partcularly durng error dagnoss - to dentfy the lghtng components easly. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n compares, durng assgnment as part of commssonng, the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The DALI Gateway has a compatblty mode for supportng non-dali-conformant operatng devces. Ths means that the commssonng process becomes dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. In addton to ths, a DALI telegram rate lmt can be actvated n the ETS plug-n, meanng that adaptaton to non-dali-conformant operatng devces s possble. The DALI Gateway s suppled completely va the mans voltage connecton and makes the DALI system voltage (typ. DC 16 V) avalable. The mans voltage must be swtched on to control the DALI nterface or for programmng by the ETS. The devce s desgned for mountng on DIN rals n closed compact boxes or n power dstrbutors n fxed nstallatons n dry rooms. Page 5 of 229

6 2 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.1 Safety nstructons Electrcal equpment may only be nstalled and ftted by electrcally sklled persons. The applcable accdent preventon regulatons must be observed. Falure to observe the nstructons may cause damage to the devce and result n fre and other hazards. Before workng on the devce or exchangng the connected DALI operatng devces, dsconnect t from the power supply (swtch off the mnature crcut breaker), otherwse there s the rsk of an electrc shock. The devce s not sutable for dsconnecton from supply voltage. Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton The DALI control voltage s a functonal extra-low voltage (FELV). On nstallng, ensure safe solaton between KNX and DALI and mans voltage. A mnmum dstance of at least 4 mm must be mantaned between bus conductors and DALI/mans voltage cores. The devce may not be opened or operated outsde the techncal specfcatons. Page 6 of 229

7 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.2 Devce components (4) (5) (3) ALL (6) (2) (1) Fgure 1: Devce components (1) KNX connecton (2) Programmng button and LED (red). (3) Button feld for manual control wth status LEDs (4) DALI output (da+, da-) (5) Connecton of mans voltage supply (L, N) (6) 7-segment dsplay to show the DALI group or the sngle devce selected by manual operaton. Dsabled n bus operaton. In addton, to dsplay addtonal nformaton: - -: Sgnals DALI commssonng phase after an ETS programmng operaton or mans voltage return. The dsplay length depends on the number of connected DALI operatng devces (only brefly after mans voltage return). bc: Dsplay durng manual operaton n an unprogrammed status (broadcast operaton). Er: Dsplay of ncorrect connecton to the DALI connecton termnals (da+, da-). Mans voltage connected. DALI Gateway wthout functon. The Gateway s only ready for operaton agan when the error has been elmnated and ntalsaton has been performed agan (mans voltage return). LE: Sgnals automatc devce replacement. E: Sgnals an error durng automatc devce replacement. Page 7 of 229

8 2.3 Fttng and electrcal connecton Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton DANGER! Electrcal shock when lve parts are touched. Electrcal shocks can be fatal. Before workng on the devce, dsconnect the power supply and cover up lve parts n the workng envronment. Fttng the devce o Ft the devce by snappng t onto a mountng ral n acc. wth EN The screw termnals should be at the top. A KNX data ral s not requred. Observe the temperature range (see Techncal Data) and ensure suffcent coolng, f necessary. Connectng the power supply for the devce electroncs and DALI nterface ALL Fgure 2: Electrcal connecton of mans voltage and the DALI nterface o Connect the mans voltage and the DALI system as shown n the connecton example (Fgure 2). The DALI system voltage s a functonal extra-low voltage (FELV). For ths reason, the DALI nterface should be treated as a cable able to carry voltage, n accordance wth the nstallaton nstructons. The DALI Gateway supples the system voltage (typ. DC 16 V). Carry out the nstallaton work so that, when a DALI area s dsconnected, all the mans voltages of the connected DALI operatng devce and the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway are swtched off. DALI devces (max.64) can be connected to varous phase conductors (L1, L2, L3). Page 8 of 229

9 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton o o For reasons of clarty durng nstallaton, we recommend observng the polarty of the DALI cable. Observance of the DALI polarty s always dependent on the DALI operatng devces beng used. If multple mnature crcut breakers supply dangerous voltages to the devce or load, couple the mnature crcut breakers or label them wth a warnng, to ensure dsconnecton s guaranteed. Connect bus lne wth connectng termnal. Removng other operatng unts DALI subscrbers of some manufacturers have extended functons (operaton wth mans voltage on the DALI connecton). When usng the DALI Gateway as a control unt n the DALI system, any other control sectons must be removed from the nstallaton - partcularly when refttng exstng systems. o Remove all the approprate operatng unts, or ensure that there are no other control sectons (Fgure 3). ALL OFF Fgure 3: Removng other operatng unts n the DALI system Other control sectons could be, for example, DALI central unts, DALI potentometers or comparable control components. These control sectons must also be removed from the DALI system, n order to avod system conflcts. The DALI Gateway supples the DALI system voltage. For ths reason, t s not permtted to ntegrate an addtonal DALI power supply nto the nstallaton, n parallel to the Gateway. Only one DALI Gateway may be operated n a closed DALI system. Page 9 of 229

10 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton If the DALI Gateway detects mans voltage on the DALI connecton (da+ and datermnals), then t wll cease operaton and sgnal Er n the LED dsplay. Operaton n emergency lghtng systems The devce can be used n decentrally-powered or n centrally-powered emergency lghtng systems. In decentrally-powered emergency lght systems, emergency lumnares wth ndvdual batteres and specal DALI devces are used. The statutory and standard specfcatons vary from country to country. In any event, the user / techncal planner should check whether the specfc specfcatons should be mantaned. Dependng on the scope of functons of the system, only the emergency lghts are suppled by the central safety power supply (Fgure 4), or also the KNX system (Fgure 5), or, as a recommended alternatve, addtonally by the DALI Gateway (Fgure 6). In the latter case, n emergency operaton, the DALI gateway can transmt the approprate fault messages to a central system and other DALI gateways n the system. Observe the number of DALI devces n the emergency lumnares used. The chapter "Software Descrpton" of ths product documentaton descrbes the exact functon of the ndvdual connecton varants of the DALI Gateway n detal, along wth the necessary confguraton. AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da Fgure 4: Electrcal connecton dagram n an emergency lghtng system - Only DALI emergency lghts ntegrated nto the emergency power supply Page 10 of 229

11 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da Fgure 5: Electrcal connecton dagram n an emergency lghtng system - KNX power supply and DALI emergency lghts ntegrated nto the emergency power supply AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da Fgure 6: Electrcal connecton dagram n an emergency lghtng system - KNX power supply, DALI emergency lghts and DALI Gateway ntegrated nto the emergency power supply (recommended nstallaton) Installng / removng the protectve cap To protect the bus lnes aganst hazardous voltages n the area of the connectng termnals, a protectve cap can be nstalled. The cap s nstalled wth the bus termnal n place and the connected bus lne led out at the rear (Fgure 7). o To nstall the cap: Slde the cap over the bus connectng termnal untl t s heard to engage. o To remove the cap: Remove the cap by pressng the sdes slghtly and by pullng t out to the front. Page 11 of 229

12 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton A B Fgure 7: Installng / removng the protectve cap Page 12 of 229

13 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.4 Commssonng The devce can be put nto operaton, after mountng of the devce Gateway and connecton of the bus lne, the mans supply and the DALI cables. The followng procedure s generally recommended... DANGER! Electrcal shock when lve parts are touched. Electrcal shocks can be fatal. Before workng on the devce, dsconnect the power supply and cover up lve parts n the workng envronment. Commssonng the devce o Swtch on the mans supply of the Gateway. o Swtch on the bus voltage. Voltage check: When the programmng button s pressed, the red programmng LED must lght up. o Confgure and program the physcal address wth the help of the ETS. o The DALI Gateway s confgured usng a plug-n embedded n the ETS database. Start the plug-n (open the Parameter vew) and confgure the KNX groups (cf. Chapter 4 "Software Descrpton"). Do not carry out any DALI commssonng yet. o Close the plug-n and download the applcaton program usng the ETS. o Restart the plug-n (open the Parameter vew) and carry out DALI commssonng (cf. Chapter 4 "Software Descrpton"). o Close the plug-n to save the DALI confguraton n the ETS database. Then, download the applcaton program agan usng the ETS. The DALI Gateway s ready for operaton. It s not explctly necessary to carry out DALI commssonng and reprogram the applcaton program, f the DALI Gateway has been ntegrated nto an exstng DALI nstallaton (e.g. on replacng an old devce) and contnues to be used wth an unchanged DALI confguraton (same short addresses, devce types, group assgnments, etc.). Ths s the case, for example, f a devce s coped unchanged n the ETS project desgn or an XML template s mported. No ETS programmng s possble f no mans voltage supply s connected to the DALI Gateway. On closng, the ETS plug-n ndcates whether the ETS must reprogram the applcaton program of the DALI Gateway. Page 13 of 229

14 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton 2.5 Operaton The DALI Gateway offers manual operaton to control all the programmed lght groups and sngle devces. The button feld wth 4 functon keys and 3 status LEDs on the front panel of the devce can be used for settng the followng modes of operaton... - Bus control: operaton from touch sensors or other bus devces - Temporary manual control: manual control locally wth keypad, automatc return to bus control, - Permanent manual control: local manual control wth keypad. The operatng modes can be enabled or dsabled by parameter settngs n the ETS. In manual operaton, the groups or sngle devces cannot be controlled va the bus. Manual operaton s possble only when the mans voltage supply to the Gateway s swtched on. Manual operaton ends n case of bus voltage falure, bus voltage return or mans voltage falure. Manual operaton n broadcast mode (unprogrammed DALI Gateway) cannot be termnated by a bus voltage falure/bus voltage return. In manual mode, bus operaton can be dsabled va a telegram. Manual control s termnated on actvaton of the dsablng functon. Further detals concernng manual operaton, especally wth respect to the possble parameter settngs and the nteracton wth other functons of the Gateway can be found n chapter "Software descrpton" of ths product documentaton. Controls and ndcators for manual control (14a) (7) (8) (9) (14b) (10) (11) (12) (13) Fgure 8: Controls and ndcators for manual control (7) Button c Actvaton / deactvaton of manual control. (8) LED c: LED ON ndcates permanent manual control. (9) Button ON/ n: Bref press: Group/sngle devce ON / Sustaned press: Increase brghtness of group/sngle devce. (10) Status LED ON/ n: LED ON n manual operaton ndcates a swtched-on group/sngle devce (brghtness: %). (11) Button OFF/ o: Bref press: Group/sngle devce OFF / Sustaned press: Decrease brghtness of group/sngle devce. Page 14 of 229

15 (12) Status LED OFF/ o: LED ON n manual operaton ndcates a swtched-off group/sngle devce (brghtness: 0 %). (13) Button ALL OFF: All DALI subscrbers OFF (only n permanent manual operaton). (14) 7-segment dsplay to show the number of a DALI group (14a) or a sngle devce (14b) selected by manual operaton. Dsabled n bus operaton. In addton, to dsplay addtonal nformaton: - -: Sgnals DALI commssonng phase after an ETS programmng operaton or mans voltage return. The dsplay length depends on the number of connected DALI operatng devces (only brefly after mans voltage return). bc: Dsplay durng manual operaton n an unprogrammed status (broadcast operaton). Er: Dsplay of ncorrect connecton to the DALI connecton termnals (da+, da-). Mans voltage connected. DALI Gateway wthout functon. The Gateway s only ready for operaton agan when the error has been elmnated and ntalsaton has been performed agan (mans voltage return). LE: Sgnals automatc devce replacement. E: Sgnals an error durng automatc devce replacement. Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton Prortes The DALI Gateway dstngushes between dfferent functons that can have an effect on a DALI Group. In order to prevent conflctng output states, each avalable functon has a certan prorty. The functon wth the hgher prorty overrdes the one wth the lower prorty. - 1st prorty: manual control (hghest prorty) - 2nd prorty: Emergency operaton - 3rd prorty: Forced poston functon or dsablng functon - 4th prorty: Drect bus operaton ("swtchng" & "dmmng" & "brghtness" objects, scenes, effects central functon) The prorty of the scene and effect functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured. Thus, t s possble for a scene recall or the start of an effect to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. Alternatvely, a scene or an effect can have a lower prorty, meanng that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a scene recall or the start of an effect. Swtch on bref broadcast manual operaton The broadcast manual operaton can be used n the unprogrammed state of the DALI Gateway. As, n ths case, mssng ETS programmng means that no group/ndvdual confguratons are stored n the devce, the DALI Gateway, n manual operaton, controls the connected DALI operatng devces jontly va a broadcast command. The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. o Press the c button brefly (< 1 second). bc s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay. After 5 seconds wthout a button beng pressed, the Gateway deactvates broadcast handlng. Page 15 of 229

16 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton Broadcast operaton s preset n the delvery state. It can also be reactvated at any tme after a programmng operaton by the ETS by unloadng the applcaton program usng the ETS. Swtch off bref broadcast manual operaton The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. Temporary broadcast manual operaton was actvated. o No button-press for 5 seconds - or - o Press c button. - or - o Swtch off the mans voltage supply. Temporary broadcast manual operaton s termnated. The 7-segment dsplay goes out. The state set va manual operaton s not changed when broadcast manual operaton s swtched off. Swtchng on permanent broadcast manual operaton The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. No broadcast manual operaton or temporary broadcast manual operaton s actvated. o Press the c button for at least 5 seconds. The status LED c s llumnated. bc s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay. Permanent broadcast manual operaton s actve. Swtchng off permanent broadcast manual operaton Permanent broadcast manual operaton was actve. o Press c button for at least 5 seconds. - or - o Swtch off the mans voltage supply. Permanent broadcast manual operaton s termnated. The Status LED c and the 7-segment dsplay goes out. The state set va manual operaton s not changed when permanent broadcast manual operaton s swtched off. Operatng DALI operatng devces n broadcast manual operaton The DALI Gateway has not yet been programmed by the ETS. Broadcast manual operaton (permanent or temporary) s actvated. o Operate the operatng devces by pressng the ON/n button or the OFF/o button. Bref: Jont swtch-on/swtch-off. Long: Jont dm brghter/darker. Long and release: Jont dmmng stop. All the connected DALI operatng devces execute the correspondng commands mmedately. Page 16 of 229

17 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton Swtchng off all the operatng devces n broadcast manual operaton Permanent broadcast manual operaton s actve. o Press the ALL OFF button. All the connected DALI operatng devces are shut off mmedately (Brghtness: 0 %). The operatng devces are not locked. Jont actvaton s possble agan after shutoff. The ALL OFF functon s not avalable n temporary broadcast manual operaton. Swtchng on the temporary manual control After the DALI Gateway has been programmed at least one by the ETS, at least one DALI group or at least one DALI sngle devce s created and confgured n the devce. In ths case, the created groups and sngle devces can be controlled ndvdually through manual operaton. Broadcast operaton s then deactvated. The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Manual control s enabled n the ETS. o Press the c button brefly (< 1 second). In the 7-segment dsplay, the group number 01 or the sngle devce short address 01. s dsplayed. After 5 seconds wthout a button-press, the Gateway returns automatcally to bus operaton. Broadcast operaton s preset n the delvery state. It can also be reactvated at any tme after a programmng operaton by the ETS by unloadng the applcaton program usng the ETS. Swtchng off temporary manual operaton Temporary manual control was actvated. o No button-press for 5 seconds - or - o Select all the groups and sngle devces one after another by a bref press of the c button. Thereafter, press the c button agan. - or - o Swtch the mans power supply off or reset the bus (bas voltage return). Temporary manual control s termnated. The 7-segment dsplay goes out. The state set va manual control s not changed when temporary manual control s swtched off. If, however, a forced poston or dsablng functon has been actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton, the DALI Gateway executes the dsablng or forced reactons for the groups and sngle devces concerned. Swtchng on permanent manual control The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Manual control s enabled n the ETS. Bus operaton or temporary manual control s actve. o Press c button for at least 5 seconds. The status LED c s llumnated. In the 7-segment dsplay, the group number 01 or the sngle devce short address 01. s dsplayed. Permanent manual control s actve: Page 17 of 229

18 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton Swtchng off permanent manual control Permanent manual control s actve. o Press c button for at least 5 seconds. - or - o Swtch the mans power supply off or reset the bus (bas voltage return). Permanent manual operaton s termnated. The Status LED c and the 7-segment dsplay goes out. Dependng on the confguraton of the Gateway n the ETS, the groups and sngle devces wll be set to the state last adjusted n the manual mode or to the brghtness value nternally tracked (drect operaton, forced poston / dsablng functon) when the permanent manual mode s shut off. Operatng DALI groups or sngle devces n manual mode The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Manual control (permanent or temporary) s actvated. o Select the desred group: Press thec button brefly (f necessary, repeatedly). The 7-segment dsplay shows the number of the selected DALI group or the number of the selected sngle devce. The Status LEDs ON/ n ( %) or OFF/ o (0 %) n the button feld show the swtchng state. o Operate the group or sngle devce by pressng the ON/n button or OFF/o button. Short: swtch on/off. Long: dm brghter/darker. Long and release: Stop dmmng. The selected DALI group or the sngle devce executes the correspondng commands mmedately. Swtch off all groups and sngle devces Permanent manual control s actve: o Press the ALL OFF button. All groups and sngle devces are shut off mmedately (Brghtness: 0 %). The groups and sngle devces are not locked. Indvdual actvaton s possble agan after shutoff. The ALL OFF functon s not avalable n temporary manual operaton. Dsablng bus control of ndvdual groups and devces through manual operaton The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Permanent manual control s actve: Dsablng of the bus control mode must have been enabled n the ETS. o Select the group or sngle devce: Press thec button brefly (f necessary, repeatedly). The 7-segment dsplay shows the number of the selected DALI group or the number of the selected sngle devce. The Status LEDs ON/ n ( %) or OFF/ o (0 %) n the button feld show the swtchng state. o Press the ON/n and the OFF/o buttons smultaneously for at least 5 seconds. The approprate group or sngle devce s dsabled (no bus operaton s possble). The 7-segment dsplay flashes. To unlock, proceed n the same way. Page 18 of 229

19 Installaton, electrcal connecton and operaton A group or sngle devce that has been dsabled n manual operaton can thereafter only be operated n permanent manual operaton. Performng a DALI devce replacement After startng the automatc devce replacement, the DALI Gateway s able to check the completeness of the prevously operated DALI operatng devces. If, for example, a defectve DALI electronc ballast was removed by an nstallaton engneer and replaced by a new one, the DALI Gateway s able to program the new electronc ballast wth the programmng data of the faled electronc ballast. Ths offers the opton of replacng a faled DALI operatng devce through smple operaton on the devce and wthout confguraton work n the ETS. The DALI Gateway was programmed at least once before by the ETS. Automatc devce replacement must be enabled n the ETS. Ensure that the bus and mans voltage (also to all DALI operatng devces) s swtched on. It s mportant that the DALI system has been fully commssoned wth DALI commssonng. Only one DALI operatng devce may fal and be replaced. The devce must be n bus operaton (no manual operaton actve). o Press the c and ALL OFF buttons smultaneously for approx. 10 seconds. Automatc devce replacement s actvated. The length of the operaton s dependent on the number of DALI operatng devces n the system. Durng devce replacement, the 7-segment dsplay sgnals LE (Learn). The dsplay goes out after a successful replacement operaton. Durng devce replacement, all the other functons of the DALI Gateway are stopped. Durng devce replacement, the Gateway tracks all the receved bus states and evaluates the most recently tracked values (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value, scenes, effects, central functon, forced poston functon, dsablng functon) normally at the end of automatc devce replacement. An actve forced poston or dsablng functon s nterrupted by devce replacement and reactvated at the end of the replacement operaton, f the functons have not been deactvated va the bus n the nterm. The behavour as at the begnnng of the forced poston or dsablng functon s not executed agan. Ensure that only one DALI operatng devce s replaced n the manner descrbed. If multple electronc ballasts fal (possbly no mans voltage s swtched on) and have been replaced, then the electronc ballasts cannot be dentfed clearly by the Gateway and not confgured automatcally. In ths case, new DALI commssonng by the ETS plug-n s requred. If an error has occurred durng devce replacement, the 7-segment dsplay sgnals E (Error) for 3 seconds. Perform the operaton agan, takng the above condtons and nformaton nto account. Ths sgnallng also takes place f automatc devce replacement was actvated, wthout havng replaced a DALI operatng devce prevously. Page 19 of 229

20 Techncal data 3 Techncal data General Mark of approval KNX / EIB / VDE Ambent temperature C Storage/transport temperature C Fttng wdth 72 mm / 4 modules Supply Rated voltage AC V ~ Mans frequency 50 / 60 Hz Rated voltage DC V Power consumpton max. 6 W Power loss max. 3 W DALI DALI rated voltage DC 16 V (typ.) Current typ. 128 ma, max. 200 ma for short perods Number of DALI subscrbers max. 64 DALI transmsson rate 1.2 kbt/s DALI protocol EN Cable type Sheathed cable 230 V, e,g. NYM Resstvty max. 8 Ω Resstvty (smple length) max. 4 Ω DALI cable lengths... wth Ø 1.5 mm² max. 300 m wth Ø 1.0 mm² max. 238 m wth Ø 0.75 mm² max. 174 m wth Ø 0.5 mm² max. 116 m Connecton of power supply and DALI Connecton mode sngle stranded fnely stranded wthout conductor sleeve Fnely stranded wth conductor sleeve KNX KNX medum Commssonng mode Rated voltage KNX Power consumpton KNX Connecton type for bus Screw termnal mm² mm² mm² TP S-mode DC V SELV typcal 150 mw Connecton termnal Page 20 of 229

21 Software specfcaton 4 Software descrpton 4.1 Software specfcaton ETS search paths: Confguraton: AST type: PEI connector: - Illumnaton / Dmmer / DALI gateway Plus S-mode standard "00" Hex / "0" Dec no connector Applcatons: No. Short descrpton Name Verson from mask verson 1 Language varant: German DALI Gateway C00D11 2 Language varant: Englsh DALI Gateway C00D12 3 Language varant: French DALI Gateway C00D for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. 1.2 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. 1.3 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) Page 21 of 229

22 Software specfcaton 4 Language varant: Spansh DALI Gateway C00D14 5 Language varant: Dutch DALI Gateway C00D15 6 Language varant: Italan DALI Gateway C00D16 7 Language varant: Russan DALI Gateway C00D17 8 Language varant: Swedsh DALI Gateway C00D for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. 1.5 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. 1.6 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. 1.7 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. 1.8 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) Page 22 of 229

23 Software specfcaton 9 Language varant: Norwegan DALI Gateway C00D19 10 Language varant: Greek DALI Gateway C00D1A 1.9 for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended for ETS3 of Verson d or hgher or ETS4 of Verson or hgher. Use of ETS4 s recommended. SystemB (07B0) SystemB (07B0) Page 23 of 229

24 Scope of functons 4.2 Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Scope of functons General: - Swtchng and dmmng of a maxmum of 64 lghts wth a DALI operatng devce (e.g. electronc ballast). - Up to 6 dfferent addressng types allow group-orentated and ndvdually-address control of DALI lghts va KNX telegrams. - Up to 32 ndependent DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary. - Optonal master control of all connected DALI components s possble (broadcast). Ths means that there s no need to commsson DALI, meanng that lghtng systems wth few functons can be started up quckly and easly (smplfed confguraton wthout DALI commssonng). - Manual operaton of the groups ndependently of the bus (also buldng ste operaton possble wth broadcast control). - Feedback of DALI error status (1-byte or 2-byte accordng to the KNX standard) or DALI short-crcut and message that the supply voltage has faled. - Central swtchng functon. - Collectve feedback of all swtchng states possble. - Incorporaton of the groups and sngle devces nto up to 16 lght scenes. - Integraton of lghts or lght groups n the effect control for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Group and devce-orentated: - Each group and sngle devce offers the full scope of functons wthout any restrctons. All channel-orented functons can be parameterzed separately for each group or sngle devce. Ths feature permts ndependent and mult-functonal control of the DALI operatng devces. - Feedback of swtchng and brghtness value: Actve (transmttng after changes or cyclcally to the bus) or passve (object readout) feedback functons. - Settng of the brghtness lmt values (mnmum brghtness, maxmum brghtness) possble. - Confgurable dmmng behavour. - Soft swtch-on or soft swtch-off functon. - Dsablng functon, or alternatvely, forced poston functon s confgurable. Durng a dsablng functon, the flashng of lghts and sngle devces s not possble. - Tmng functons (swtch-on delay, swtch-off delay, starcase lghtng tmer, also wth prewarnng functon). - Operatng hours counter - DALI Power ON level (usng parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return") and DALI system falure level (usng parameter "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure) can be set. In emergency lghtng operaton, the DALI system falure level can also be confgured separately. - Behavour n case of bus voltage falure and bus voltage return as well as after ETS programmng presettable. Operaton of emergency lghts: - Integraton of the devce nto the DALI emergency lghtng systems. The DALI Gateway s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control-Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. Alternatvely or addtonally, the DALI Gateway permts the control and functon montorng of ndvdual battery-operated emergency lghtng operatng devces accordng to IEC Scope of the centrally-suppled emergency operaton can be confgured (only emergency supply of the DALI system or, addtonally, of the KNX system or, addtonally, of the DALI Gateway). - For central supply: Montorng for the falure of the general power supply. Page 24 of 229

25 Scope of functons - For central supply: Behavour at the end of emergency operaton can be set. - For central supply and sngle-battery-operated operatng devces: Brghtness can be set separately when emergency operaton s actve. - For sngle-battery-operated operatng devces: Indvdual functon and contnuous operaton test and transmsson of test status and test result for each devce. Pollng of the battery chargng status. ETS plug-n: - Easy DALI commssonng, wthout addtonal software components. The dentfcaton, addressng and assgnment of DALI operatng devces takes place n the DALI commssonng envronment of the ETS plug-n. - Offlne DALI confguraton: Assgnment of sngle devces to groups also wthout programmng connecton to the devce. - The DALI short addresses can be nfluenced ndvdually. Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble n ths way. - Optonal testng of the DALI devce types when assgnng DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces. If testng s enabled, the plug-n compares, durng assgnment as part of commssonng, the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters. Assgnment can only take place s there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. - Compatblty mode to support non-dali-conformant operatng devces. Ths means that the commssonng process becomes dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. In addton to ths, a DALI telegram rate lmt can be actvated n the ETS plug-n, meanng that adaptaton to non-dali-conformant operatng devces s possble. - Test functon of all created DALI groups or ndvdual DALI operatng devces: Central swtchng ON/OFF, sngle devce test (ON / OFF, brghtness specfcatons, devce status), ndvdual group test (swtchng, dmmng) and scene and effect test. - Export and mport of a confguraton template n XML format. - Prnt functon to create a confguraton report (overvew of group assgnment or entre devce confguraton). Page 25 of 229

26 Notes on software Notes on software ETS project desgn and commssonng We recommend usng ETS4.1.7 or a more recent verson of ETS for project desgnng and commssonng of ths devce. Project desgnng and commssonng of the devce usng ETS3 of verson "d" or hgher s also possble. Each language varant has ts own verson of the applcaton program (for example: Verson 1.1. = German, 1.2 = Englsh). Safe-state mode If the devce - for nstance as a result of errors n the project desgn or durng commssonng - does not work properly, the executon of the loaded applcaton program can be halted by actvatng the safe-state mode. The safe-state mode does not permt control of the DALI operatng devces va the KNX. Only broadcast manual operaton can be actvated. The Gateway remans passve n safe-state mode, snce the applcaton program s not beng executed (state-of-executon: termnated). Only the system software s stll functonal so that the ETS dagnoss functons and also programmng of the devce contnue to be possble. Actvatng the safe-state mode o Swtch off the mans voltage supply. o Wat about one mnute. o Press and hold down the programmng button. o Swtch on the mans supply. Release the programmng button only after the programmng LED starts flashng slowly. The safe-state mode s actvated. The safe-state mode can be termnated by swtchng off the mans voltage supply (agan, wat approx. one mnute) or by programmng wth the ETS. The bus voltage does not have to be swtched on to actvate safe-state mode. Even n safe-state mode, a bref press of the programmng button can swtch the programmng mode on and off as usual. The programmng LED then stops flashng, even though safe-state mode s stll actve. Safe-state mode must also frst be exted, n order to restore normal operaton of the DALI Gateway. Unloadng the applcaton program The applcaton program can be unloaded wth the ETS. In ths case, only broadcast manual operaton of the connected DALI operatng devces s possble. Page 26 of 229

27 Object table Object table Number of communcaton objects: 1544 Number of addresses (max): 1544 Number of assgnments (max): Objects for group and sngle devces Functon: Swtchng Object h 1, , Functon Swtchng Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for swtchng on or off ("1" = swtch on; "0" = swtch off). Functon: Output, relatve dmmng Object h 2, , Functon Dmmng Name Group / Sngle devce Type 4-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 4-bt object for relatve dmmng. Functon: Output, absolute dmmng Object h 3, , Functon Brghtness value Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-byte object for predefnng an absolute dmmng value (brghtness value 0 255) from the bus. Functon: Absolute dmmng feedback Object h 4, , Functon Feedback Brghtness value Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 2 Descrpton 1-byte object for feedback sgnallng of a set dmmng value (brghtness value 0 255) to the bus. 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 27 of 229

28 Object table Functon: Swtchng feedback Object h 5, , Functon Feedback Swtchng Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for gvng feedback on the swtchng state ("1" = Swtched on, "0" = Swtched off) to the bus. Functon: Starcase functon Object h 6, , Functon Starcase functon start / stop Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object to actvate or deactvate the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon ("1" = swtch-on / "0" = swtch-off). Functon: Starcase functon Object h 7, , Functon Starcase tme Factor Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-byte object to specfy a tme factor for the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon (value range: ). Functon: Operatng hours counter Object h 8, , Functon OHC start/lmtng value 3 Name Group / Sngle devce Type 2 byte DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 2-byte object for external specfcaton of a lmt value / startng value of the operatng hours counter (value range: ) Functon: Operatng hours counter Object h 9, , Functon OHC restart Name Group / Sngle devce Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for resettng the operatng hours counter ("1" = restart, "0" = no reacton). 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 3: Threshold value object or start value object dependng on the confgured counter type of the operatng hours counter. Page 28 of 229

29 Object table Functon: Operatng hours counter Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 10, , OHC value Group / Sngle devce byte C, -, T, (R) 1 Descrpton 2-byte object to transmt or read out the current counter level of the operatng hours counter. If the bus voltage should fal, the value of the communcaton object s not lost and s actvely transmtted to the bus after bus voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton. In the as-delvered state, the value s "0". Functon: Operatng hours counter Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 11, , OHC elapsed Group / Sngle devce bt C, -, T, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to sgn that the operatng hours counter has elapsed (forwards counter = lmt value reached / backwards counter = value "0" reached). Wth a message, the object value s actvely transmtted to the bus ("1" = message actve / "0" = message nactve). If the bus voltage should fal, the value of the communcaton object s not lost and s actvely transmtted to the bus after bus voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton. Functon: Dsablng functon Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 12, , Dsablng Group / Sngle devce bt C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for actvaton and deactvaton of the dsablng functon (polarty confgurable). Functon: Forced poston functon Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h 13, , Forced poston Group / Sngle devce bt C, W, -, (R) 2 Descrpton 2-bt object for actvatng or deactvatng the forced poston. The polarty s fxed by the telegram. 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 29 of 229

30 Object table Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 432, Functon Feedbk emerg. operaton test Name Sngle devce Type 3 byte DPT Flag C, -, T, R 2 Descrpton 3-byte object for bt-orentated provson of the test result of the functon and contnuous operaton test of a sngle battery-operated DALI emergency lamp. The object value s transmtted automatcally at the end of the test (confgurable). Alternatvely, t can be read out. Refer to the Functon descrpton chapter for nformaton on the exact structure of ths object. Should a test have been cancelled early usng the "Emergency operaton, test start / status", then no feedback s transmtted. Ths object s only vsble when emergency operaton s enabled and the emergency lght system allows for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts. In addton, the approprate sngle devce must be confgured as a snglebattery-operated emergency lght. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 433, Functon Emerg operat Test Start/Status Name Sngle devce Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, W, T, R 2 Descrpton B-drectonal 1-byte object for startng functonal tests for sngle batteryoperated emergency lghtng and for transmttng the test status. The tests can be started n bt-orentated fashon usng "1": Functon test (Bt 0), shortened contnuous operaton test (Bt 2), contnuous operaton test (Bt 4), battery test (Bt 6). Early termnaton of a test s possble on all bts wth the object value "0". For as long as a test s runnng, the correspondng odd bts contan the test status ("1" = Test runnng, "0" = Test termnated or not started). Only one test can be run at any gven tme. Commands to start a test are rejected for as long as another test s actve. The object value s transmtted automatcally on status changes (confgurable). Alternatvely, t can be read out. Ths object s only vsble when emergency operaton s enabled and the emergency lght system allows for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts. In addton, the approprate sngle devce must be confgured as a snglebattery-operated emergency lght. 1: Non-standardsed DP type. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 30 of 229

31 Object table Objects for scenes and effects Functon: Scene functon Object h 1505 Functon Extenson nput Name Scene Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-byte object for recallng scenes (Bt 7 deleted) or for storng new scene values (Bt 7 set). Bts carry the confgurable KNX scene number ( > KNX scene number ). Functon: Effect control Object Functon Name Type DPT Flag h Start / Stop Effect bt C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to start and stop ndvdual effects ("1" = Start effect, "0" = Stop effect). Effects can run smultaneously and also nfluence each other, provded that the same groups, sngle devces or scenes are ntegrated n the effect steps. Functon: Effect control Object h 1523 Functon Extenson nput Name Effects Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object to start (Bt 7 deleted) and stop (Bt 7 set) ndvdual effects. Bts carry the confgurable KNX effect number ( > KNX effect number ). 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 31 of 229

32 Object table Object for emergency lghtng Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1538 Functon Falure of external supply Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton Usng ths 1-bt object, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. bnary nput) can nform the DALI Gateway that the general mans voltage supply has faled. Wth ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton. "1" = Mans voltage has faled, "0" = Mans voltage avalable. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Ths object s only vsble f a central emergency power supply s confgured. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1539 Functon Feedback Falure of supply Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton Usng ths 1-bt object, the DALI Gateway can nform other bus devces that the general mans voltage supply has faled. Accordng to the confguraton, the Gateway obtans the nformaton for ths from the object "Falure, external supply" and/or from the nternal falure message of the DALI system. Other bus devces evaluatng ths feedback (e.g. other KNX DALI Gateways) can then respond approprately and also actvate emergency operaton. "1" = Mans voltage has faled, "0" = Mans voltage avalable. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans power supples of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Ths object s only vsble f a central emergency power supply s confgured. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1540 Functon Emergency operaton extern msg Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton Usng ths 1-bt object, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. another DALI Gateway / lnk to the object "Feedback, supply falure") can nform the DALI Gateway that emergency operaton has been actvated. Through ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton, wthout havng to dentfy the falure of the general mans voltage supply tself. "1" = Mans voltage has faled / Actvate emergency operaton, "0" = Mans voltage avalable / Deactvate emergency operaton. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Ths object s only vsble f a central emergency power supply s confgured. 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 32 of 229

33 Object table Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1541 Functon Feedbk emerg. operaton status Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton The DALI Gateway uses ths 1-bt object to sgnal that emergency operaton has been actvated. Ths allows other KNX bus devces to be nformed about emergency operaton n order to control dsplays for users (e.g. n a vsualsaton) or to carry out further actons (e.g. remote forwardng va the telephone or IP data network through sutable KNX components). "1" = Emergency operaton actve, "0" = Emergency operaton nactve. To allow telegram transmsson and evaluaton, the KNX system and the mans power supples of the DALI Gateway must be ntegrated n the central emergency power supply. Ths object s only vsble f a central emergency power supply s confgured. Functon: Emergency lghtng Object h 1542 Functon Feedback emerg. lghts overall Name Emergency lghtng Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton The DALI Gateway uses ths 1-bt object to sgnalse the complete status of all DALI lghts ntegrated nto emergency operaton (sngle-battery-operated or centrally-suppled). If the Gateway only detects a malfuncton of only one operatng devce or of multple operatng devces, t wll set the object value to "1". Otherwse (error-free system), the object value s set to "0". Ths allows the central dsplay of the complete status of a DALI emergency lghtng system, e.g. on a KNX vsualsaton, meanng that further analyses (e.g. evaluaton of the error statuses or the test results) can be carred out. The test result of the functon, contnuous operaton and battery tests s used to dentfy an error for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts. The dentfcaton s supplemented by the evaluaton of the DALI error status (always for centrally-suppled DALI operatng devces). An error s also present when the Gateway can no longer set up communcaton to an operatng devce ntegrated n emergency operaton. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 33 of 229

34 Object table Objects for general functons Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1524 Functon Feedback Name Error status n DALI system Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T). (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for global feedback of errors n the DALI system. The DALI Gateway polls the error status of all DALI operatng devces cyclcally. If t dentfes an error, the object value of ths object s set to "1". The object value s "0" f all the operatng devces are workng wthout errors. Ths allows the central dsplay of the overall error status of a DALI system, e.g. on a KNX vsualsaton, meanng that further analyses (e.g. evaluaton of the error status for each DALI operatng devce) can be carred out. Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1525 Functon Indcaton Name Voltage falure n the DALI system Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for sgnallng a mans voltage falure on the DALI Gateway ("0" = Mans voltage avalable, "1" = Mans voltage falure). Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1527 Functon Indcaton Name Short-crcut n the DALI system Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for sgnallng a short-crcut on the DALI cable ("0" = No short-crcut, "1" = Short-crcut). Functon: Central functon Object h 1528 Functon Swtchng Name Central functon for groups and devces Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 3 Descrpton 1-bt object for central swtchng of assgned DALI groups and channels. The telegram polarty can be confgured. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. 3: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. Page 34 of 229

35 Object table Functon: Manual operaton Object h 1529 Functon Dsablng Name Manual operaton Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, W, -, (R) 1 Descrpton 1-bt object for dsablng the buttons for manual control on the devce. The telegram polarty can be confgured. Functon: Manual operaton Object h 1530 Functon Status Name Manual operaton Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, T, (R) 2 Descrpton 1-bt object for manual control status transmsson. The object s "0", when manual control s deactvated (bus control). The object s "1", when manual control s beng actvated. You can confgure whether the temporary or the permanent manual control wll be ndcated as status nformaton or not. Functon: Status sgnal Object h 1531 Functon Feedback Name Standby swtch off DALI/Global swtchng status Type 1-bt DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 3 Descrpton 1-bt object for global feedback of the swtchng status of all planned DALI groups and devces. The object value s "1" f at least one DALI group or one DALI sngle devce s swtched on (brghtness value > 0). The object value s "0" f all the DALI groups or DALI sngle devces are swtched off (brghtness value = 0). Optonally, the object value can be evaluated and transmtted after a delay. If the delay tme s used, ths object can be used for standby swtch-off of the DALI system. For ths, ths object can be connected, for example, to a KNX swtchng actuator, whch swtches the mans power supply of all the DALI operatng devces (not of the DALI Gateway!). If the global swtchng status s "0", the actuator wll dsconnect all the operatng devces from the network, savng electrcal energy. The mans voltage s swtched on automatcally, as soon as the Gateway s to swtch on at least one operatng devce by DALI command. The tme between the transmsson of ths feedback (swtchng on the mans voltage) and the transmsson of the DALI command can be confgured n the ETS (tme to restart the DALI devces). 1: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus wll be read. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. 3: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 35 of 229

36 Object table Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1532 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback groups 1-16 Type 4 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI groups n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these ndvdual groups. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for group control. Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1533 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback groups Type 4 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng states of the DALI groups n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these ndvdual groups. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for group control Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1534 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces1-16 Type 4 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1535 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces17-32 Type 4 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng states of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. Page 36 of 229

37 Object table Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1536 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces33-48 Type 4 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. Functon: Collectve feedback Object h 1537 Functon Feedback swtchng status Name Collectve feedback sngle devces49-64 Type 4 byte DPT Flag C, -, (T), (R) 1 Descrpton 4-byte object for collectve feedback of ndvdual swtchng states. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng status of the DALI sngle devces n just one telegram. The object contans bt-orentated feedback nformaton of these sngle devces. Ths object s only vsble f the addressng type set n the ETS allows for sngle devce control. Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1543 Functon Feedback Name Error status per DALI operatng devce Type 1 byte DPT Flag C, W, T, (R) 2,3 Descrpton 1-byte object to transmt and read out the error status of ndvdual DALI operatng devces connected to the system. The followng bt assgnment s used: Bt 0...5: Number of the DALI operatng devce (0...63) Bt 6: Lamp error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) Bt 7: Electronc ballast error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) When operatng as a passve status object, ths object can always receve telegrams (ValueWrte) as a transmsson request. A receved telegram s answered mmedately by ths object (ValueWrte) by transmttng the quered error status as an answer. In the query telegram, Bts must contan the number of the electronc ballast (number of electronc ballast error status = short address - 1). Bts 6 and 7 must be set to "1". Otherwse, the query telegram wll be gnored. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "R" flat for passve object. 2: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "S" and "T" flag for passve object. 3: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 37 of 229

38 Object table Functon: DALI functon montorng Object h 1544 Functon Feedback Name KNX error status per DALI operatng devce Type 2 byte DPT Flag C, W, T, (R) 1,2 Descrpton 2-byte object to transmt and read out the error status of ndvdual DALI operatng devces connected to the system, accordng to the KNX standard. The error states of all the devces of a DALI group can also be transferred or read out collectvely. The followng bt assgnment s used: Bt 0...5: Number of the DALI operatng devce (0...63) or of the DALI group (0...15). Bt 6: Address bt ("0" = Indvdual operatng devce addressed, "1" = Group addressed) Bt 7: Transmsson request ("0" = No transmsson request / Response or spontaneous telegram, "1" = Transmsson request) Bt 8: Lamp error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) Bt 9: Electronc ballast error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) Bt 10: Converter error ("0" = No error, "1" = Error) When operatng as a passve status object, ths object can always receve telegrams (ValueWrte) as a transmsson request (Bt 7 = "1"). A receved telegram s answered mmedately by ths object (ValueWrte) by transmttng the quered error status as an answer. In the query telegram, Bts must contan the number of the electronc ballast (number of electronc ballast error status = short address - 1) or that of the group (number of group error status = DALI group number - 1). Bt 6 must show whether ths s sngle devce addressng or group addressng. The states of Bts n the transmsson request are rrelevant. 1: The communcaton flags are set automatcally dependng on the confguraton. "T" flag for actve object; "S" and "T" flag for passve object. 2: For readng, the R-flag must be set. The last value wrtten to the object va the bus or by the devce wll be read. Page 38 of 229

39 Applcaton bascs DALI system and addressng types DALI system The DALI Gateway forms the nterface between a KNX buldng nstallaton and a DALI (Dgtal Addressable Lghtng Interface) lghtng system. Usually, DALI systems are room-orentated and cover hgh functonal lght management requrements, for example n offces, tranng or conference rooms. Wth these applcatons, t s often necessary also to ntegrate the roomorentated DALI system nto the mult-buldng KNX devce technology. In ths way, not only the control of the DALI lght system usng KNX sensor components becomes possble, but also the ntegraton of the buldng-sde blnd, heatng and ar condtonng systems nto the lght management. Wthn the system, the DALI Gateway functons as a master control component (master controller), whch also guarantees the power supply of the DALI nterface. The DALI operatng devces, e.g. DALI electronc ballasts, work as command recevers (slaves), whch only return states or status messages to the master on request. It s the sole task of the DALI Gateway to transmt control commands receved from the KNX onto the DALI cable and to check the operatng devces. The use of addtonal DALI control components n multmaster operaton, for example an addtonal DALI central unt, a DALI potentometer or push-buttons swtchng mans voltage, s superfluous and can, ndvdual cases, lead to malfunctons n the DALI system. For ths reason, t s necessary to remove other control components from the system, partcularly when refttng exstng DALI systems. The DALI system s then fully controlled by components of the KNX (Fgure 9). Page 39 of 229

40 group 1 group 2 group 3 ballast ballast ballast ballast ballast ballast ballast control ALL OFF feedback & status DALI gateway vsualzaton operatng presence heatng / ar condtonng / ventlaton Fgure 9: Prncple overvew of a KNX-DALI system ntegraton (example) Communcaton between the KNX system and the DALI nterface takes place bdrectonally va the DALI Gateway. On the one hand, the Gateway receves telegrams from the KNX, whch ether nfluence the brghtness status of a DALI group or of ndvdual operatng devces drectly (e.g. through swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value specfcaton or scene recall) or adjust t ndrectly (e.g. through tme, dsablng or forced poston functons or by recallng effects). Internally, the DALI Gateway always determnes the current brghtness states of the groups and sngle devces and forwards brghtness commands to the DALI operatng devces, whch then set themselves to the approprate brghtness. On the other hand, the nternally-tracked swtchng or brghtness states of the groups and sngle devces can be fed back to the KNX. The transfer of the status nformaton of the DALI operatng devces (lamp error, electronc ballast error, dagnoss of emergency lghts) or the Gateway (mans voltage falure, DALI short-crcut, emergency operaton) to the bus s possble. Groups or sngle devces can be optonally ntegrated nto 16 ndependent scenes. Wthn a scene, brghtness values can be confgured separately n the ETS for each DALI group or for ndvdual brghtness values, or adjusted at any tme later durng operaton usng scene memory telegrams. In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Tme-controlled togglng of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamc. Brghtness sequences can be mplemented usng one or more DALI groups, or also usng ndvdual DALI devces or scenes. Page 40 of 229

41 Addressng types Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" A DALI system can address a maxmum of 64 operatng devces, although the Gateway tself does not count as an operatng devce. Up to 6 dfferent addressng types allow grouporentated and ndvdually-address control of DALI lghts va KNX telegrams. Dependng on the confguraton, up to 32 ndependent DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary... - Master control: Wth master control, all the connected DALI components are controlled by a broadcast command (Fgure 10). Ths means that there s no need to commsson DALI, meanng that lghtng systems wth few functons can be started up quckly and easly (smplfed confguraton wthout DALI commssonng). Wth central addressng, some functons are not avalable (no emergency lghts can be contacted, no error status read out, no collectve feedback). Central control Fgure 10: Example of a master control (broadcast) - Only one group Page 41 of 229

42 - Group control : Durng DALI commssonng (see page )or offlne confguraton (see page ), the max. 64 DALI operatng devces are assgned to any dfferent groups of the Gateway. For ths any number of DALI operatng devces can be assgned to each group (1...16). On the DALI sde, addressng takes place usng group addresses, whch the Gateway confgures nvsbly for the user and manages on ts own. Durng DALI commssonng, the operatng devces concerned are automatcally programmed accordngly. Through the use of group addresses (multcast), the reacton tme of the DALI subscrbers n ths type of addressng s short - partcularly n large-scale systems. In the plannng example (Fgure 11), each of the lghts shown has a DALI operatng devce. Four lghts are n the same group. The lghts combned n ths way can be controlled jontly usng the KNX. Group 3 Group 2 Group 1 Fgure 11: Example of group control wth three groups - all lghts wth group addressng Page 42 of 229

43 - Group control : In ths addressng type too, durng DALI commssonng or offlne confguraton, the max. 64 DALI operatng devces are assgned to dfferent groups of the Gateway. For ths, any number of DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups On the DALI sde, addressng takes place usng group addresses, meanng that the reacton tme of the DALI subscrbers n groups s short. In contrast, only up to two DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups Snce there are no DALI group addresses for these groups, DALI addressng takes place usng the devce short addresses, whch means that the operatng devces are addressed, and thus contacted, ndvdually. In partcular, n large systems wth multple subscrbers addressed by short address, the reacton tme s slower than wth group addressng, as addressng takes place ndvdually and n sequence. In the plannng example (Fgure 12), each of the lghts shown has a DALI operatng devce. In the rght-hand and mddle areas of the room are two groups, each wth four lghts. Here, use of groups s advsable. In another area of the room, a total of four lghts s ntegrated nto two further groups. Each of these groups contans two lghts. Here, use of groups s advsable, n partcular f the lower groups are to comprse multple operatng devces (e.g. n other rooms). When ntegratng up to two lghts nto a group, t s wse to use groups , provded that no fast reacton tmes are expected. If ths addressng type s used, the ntegraton of two operatng devces each n up to 32 groups allows addressng of 64 subscrbers va group control. The devce short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Short addresses must be unque. Ths means that addresses may not appear multple tmes n a DALI system. The ETS plug-n of the DALI Gateway checks the edtng of short addresses and checks that they are unque. Page 43 of 229

44 Group 17 Group 2 Group 1 Group 18 Fgure 12: Example of group control wth four groups - Lghts n groups 17 and 18 wth ndvdual addresses - Group control and group control : In ths addressng type, the operatng devces n groups are controlled usng DALI group addresses, as descrbed above for group control. In addton, other DALI operatng devces can be addressed ndvdually as sngle devces. The addressng of these devces takes place ndvdually usng the devce short addresses. In the plannng example (Fgure 13), each of the lghts shown has a DALI operatng devce. In the rght-hand and mddle areas of the room are two groups. Here, use of groups s advsable. In another area of the room, two more lghts are nstalled, each of whch s to be controlled separately. Here, use of sngle addressng s advsable. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. In partcular, n large systems wth multple ndvdual subscrbers, the reacton tme s slower than wth pure group control, as addressng takes place ndvdually and n sequence. If multple DALI operatng devces are to react dentcally to KNX commands (smultaneous swtch-on or swtch-off, dentcal brghtness specfcatons), then - f possble - group addressng or scene control (see page ) of these subscrbers s preferable. Page 44 of 229

45 Group 2 Group 1 Sngle unt 1 Sngle unt 2 Fgure 13: Example of group and sngle devce control As part of devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng, sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts must always be assgned to planned sngle devces (sngle addressng), provded that these operatng devces are to execute an emergency lght functon. Ths means that these lghts can be controlled and dagnosed ndvdually (Fgure 14). As a result, the addressng type "Group and devce control" must be used n mxed lghtng systems wth normal lghtng and sngle-battery-operated emergency lghtng. Page 45 of 229

46 Group 2 Group 1 Sngle unt 1 Sngle unt 2 Sngle unt 3 Sngle unt 4 Fgure 14: Example of group and sngle devce control wth sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts - Group control and group control : Ths addressng type behaves n exactly the same way as the "Group control and devce control " addressng, wth the dfference that groups are also avalable. Here too, groups can only be assgned to up to two DALI operatng devces. In ths case too, as there are no DALI group addresses, DALI addressng takes place usng the devce short addresses, meanng that the operatng devces are addressed, and thus contacted, ndvdually. - Devce control : Ths addressng type only allows control of up to 64 sngle devces. DALI group addressng s not possble. As wth the other addressng types wth devce control, the addressng of the devces takes place ndvdually usng the devce short addresses. The use of ths addressng type s advsable, f, for example, all the operatng devces are to be controlled ndvdually or there s a whole DALI system made up of sngle-battery emergency lghts and, as a result, group control s not possble or sensble. Page 46 of 229

47 Sngle unt 1 Sngle unt 2 Sngle unt 3 Sngle unt 4 Sngle unt 5 Sngle unt 6 Sngle unt 7 Sngle unt 8 Sngle unt 9 Sngle unt 10 Sngle unt 11 Sngle unt 12 Fgure 15: Example of sngle devce control - All the DALI operatng devces can be controlled ndvdually Specal case: Multple assgnment of DALI operatng devces to dfferent groups For specal cases, t s possble to assgn operatng devces for group control to more than just one DALI group. In the standard case, assgnment of a DALI operatng devce s only possble n one devce. Ths makes devce assgnment clear, and the unque assgnment means that there are no group overlaps and, as a result, no nfluencng of confguraton and feedback values. If necessary, multple group assgnment can be enabled as an alternatve. For ths, the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" must be deselected n the Commssonng dalog of the plug-n (by default, ths checkbox s set). Ths means that t s then possble to assgn DALI operatng devces to more than just one group durng onlne commssonng. Multple assgnment of operatng devces as part of offlne commssonng (creaton of new sngle devces n the tree structure of a group) s not possble. When edtng the short address n the parameter node of a group-related electronc ballast, no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronc ballasts of other groups. Multple assgnment of DALI operatng devces to dfferent sngle devces of the project desgn (devce control) s not possble. DALI operatng devces can always be assgned to any group. However, we do not recommend assgnng the operatng devces to multple groups on the DALI sde. It s better to splt the devces up nto separate, non-overlappng groups and to create a KNX-sde lnk usng the group addressng n the ETS. Page 47 of 229

48 Group 2 Group 1 Group 17 Fgure 16: Example of multple assgnment of operatng devces - Here: Group 1 overlaps wth Group 2 and Group 17 DALI operatng devces assgned to multple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set usng one of the assgned groups. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status or the brghtness value of a group may not always be clear. The followng examples explan ths behavour (Fgure 16): Example 1: Group 1 s set to 10 % brghtness. After ths, Group 2 s dmmed to 20 % brghtness. The lghts of Group 2 assume the most recently recalled brghtness value: 20 %. The feedback of Group 1 remans at 10 %, although some of the operatng devces belongng to the group were set to 20 % brghtness. Example 2: Group 1 s swtched on and sets tself to the brghtness value 100 %. The status of Group 2 nternally n the DALI Gateway remans at 0 % brghtness (OFF). Now Group 2 s made brghter. The lghts of Group 2 adopt the dmmng behavour (becomng brghter from mnmum brghtness) even though these lghts have already been swtched on by Group 1. If DALI operatng devces are assgned to multple groups and these groups were assgned to a shared scene, then all the operatng devces wll adjust to the brghtness value specfed by the group wth the hghest number. Example: An electronc ballast was assgned to Groups 1 and 2. Both groups are assgned to Scene 1. When the scene s recalled, Group 1 s to set tself to 10 % and Group 2 to 20 % brghtness. When Scene 1 s recalled, the electronc ballast s set to 20 %, as Group 2 has the hgher group number. Page 48 of 229

49 DALI devce type Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n compares, durng assgnment as part of commssonng, the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The functon for testng the DALI devce types s enabled by the "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" parameter n the "General" parameter node when t s set to "yes". Ths ETS plug-n allows testng and assgnment of the DALI devce types lsted n the followng table... Number of DALI devce type Name 0 Ballast for fluorescent lamps 1 Emergency lght sngle battery operatons 2 Ballast for dscharge lamps 3 Ballast for LV halogen lamps 4 Ballast for Incandescent lamps 6 LED module 7 only swtchable ballast 255 Multtype Supported DALI devce types for enabled testng Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Devce types not contaned n the above table (e.g. types "8 - Colour control" or "9 - Sequence") are dentfed by the DALI Gateway, although they cannot be assgned to a group or any sngle devce durng DALI commssonng, f devce type testng s actvated. For ntegraton of emergency lghts: If emergency lghts operated wth sngle batteres s used, the ETS plug-n of the Gateway checks the DALI devce type ndcated by the nstalled operatng devce (electronc ballast found) as part of the devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng. Only operatng devces of the type "Sngle-battery operated emergency lght" can be ntegrated nto the emergency lghtng functon for sngle-battery emergency lghts. Testng of the DALI devce type s essental and can, n consequence, not be swtched off n a sngle-battery-operated emergency lghtng system n the ETS plugn. Ths avods ncorrect assgnments. Some DALI operatng devces have the devce type "Multtype". Such devces can be ntegrated nto the emergency lght functon for sngle-battery emergency lghts, provded that these are enabled for ths applcaton. The ETS plug-n dentfes ths by readng out specfc propertes durng DALI commssonng. Multtype can normally be used for general lghtng tasks and emergency lghtng applcatons. There are, however, some multtypes whch are unsutable for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghtng applcatons. Page 49 of 229

50 DALI emergency lghtng systems Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI Gateway can be ntegrated nto DALI emergency lghtng systems. It allows nterference-free operaton of operatng devces, general lghtng systems and emergency lghtng operatng devces of the same DALI system. The devce s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. Alternatvely or n addton, the DALI Gateway permts the control and functon montorng of ndvdual battery-operated emergency lghtng operatng devces, accordng to IEC The statutory and standard specfcatons vary from country to country. In any event, the user / techncal planner should check whether the specfc specfcatons should be mantaned. Centrally-suppled DALI emergency lghtng systems No emergency lghts wth specal DALI operatng devces are used n an emergency lghtng system, suppled by group or central battery systems. Instead, standard devces are used accordng to the basc DALI standards. These devces, whch are prmarly ntended to control general DALI lghtng systems, usually only possess one mans voltage connecton and do not possess a battery for self-supply, should the mans voltage fal. In centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems, a dstncton s made as to whch parts of the electrcal buldng nstallaton are suppled by the emergency power supply. When KNX and DALI systems are combned, the followng three applcatons result. In each of the cases, f the general power supply fals, a sutable swtchng unt must ensure that the system swtches to the central emergency power supply after detecton of the falure, so that the emergency lghtng s actvated and functonng... - Emergency operaton only comprses DALI lghts: In ths applcaton, ether all or only ndvdual DALI operatng devces are connected to the emergency power supply (Fgure 17). The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that f the mans voltage fals, these subsystems wll no longer functon. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. Due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton as the brghtness value. Ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. By default, the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton (see page ). Page 50 of 229

51 AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 17: Example of a central supply - Only DALI operatng devces ntegrated nto the emergency power supply - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts and KNX system: In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces and also the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply (Fgure 18). The DALI Gateway s not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that t wll no longer functon f the mans voltage fals. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. Due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton as the brghtness value. Ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. By default, the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton (see page ). Snce the KNX system contnues workng wthout nterrupton f the mans power fals, mans falure messages that the Gateway can produce before swtch-off (feedback of supply voltage falure) can be evaluated and processed. AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 18: Example of a central supply - DALI operatng devces and KNX system ntegrated nto the emergency power supply Page 51 of 229

52 - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts, KNX system and DALI Gateway (recommended applcaton): In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces, the power supply of the KNX system and the mans voltage connecton of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply (Fgure 19). If there s a fault, DALI voltage wll reman snce the power supply of the Gateway contnues workng. In ths applcaton, the DALI operatng devces do not swtch automatcally to the "System Falure Level". Instead, the Gateway controls selected operatng devces at a specal brghtness value for emergency operaton. Ths brghtness can be confgured n the ETS plug-n wthn the lmts of mnmum and maxmum brghtness f necessary. Alternatvely, t s possble to defne no specal behavour at the begnnng of emergency operaton. In ths case, the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set brghtness value. As, f the mans power fals, the KNX system and the Gateway contnue workng wthout nterrupton, mans falure messages and all status and feedback functons can contnue to be used. The Gateway s also able to evaluate all the KNX commands comng n durng emergency operaton and to save them, so that they can be tracked at the end of emergency operaton. In ths applcaton, emergency operaton s actvated by the Gateway. It nstgates all the approprate actons on the KNX and the DALI page. Identfcaton of a mans falure as the cause of emergency operaton can take place n dfferent ways. Ether the Gateway automatcally dentfes whether mans voltage s present or not, usng the dagnoss of the DALI operatng devces. Ths s possble through contactng and readng out all commssoned DALI devces. If a number of these devces specfed by the programmer do not respond, the Gateway wll assume that the mans voltage has faled. In addton, or alternatvely, a KNX telegram can nform the Gateway that emergency operaton s to be actvated. Ths s useful, for example, when a KNX bnary nput s montorng the mans voltage and transmts a message telegram f there s a mans falure. In ths applcaton, the DALI cable may not be dsconnected or enabled anywhere (no use of DALI junctons, or smlar). DALI communcaton must be possble wthout nterruptons. The brghtness value for emergency operaton, whch can be set, f confgurable, for each group or each sngle devce n the Gateway, s also entered nto the DALI operatng devces as the System Falure Level. If the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fal, and consequently the DALI voltage, the operatng devces affected wll also set themselves to ths brghtness value. Page 52 of 229

53 AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 19: Example of a central supply - DALI operatng devces, KNX system and DALI Gateway ntegrated nto the emergency power supply Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts are ndependently functonng lghts wth ntegrated supply battery and DALI ballast. If there s fault-free mans operaton, the lght s supply by mans voltage and the battery charged permanently. If the mans fals, the ballast swtches to the battery supply. As a result, the battery then assumes the supply of the lght for a specfc tme (at maxmum battery power and chargng, usually between 1 and 3 hours, dependng on the type). There are dfferent types of DALI emergency lghts wth sngle-battery supply. Ths means that there are operatng devces, ntended solely for emergency lght applcatons when the mans voltage fals, and whch thus swtch on the lght only durng faults (readness). Ths type of emergency lght s descrbed by the DALI devce type "Emergency lght, sngle-battery-operated" and s not sutable for standard lghtng applcatons. Other sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts contan two DALI ballasts. Here, one ballast (together wth a battery) performs the emergency lght functon. The other ballast s ntended for standard lghtng operaton when mans voltage s present. In functonal terms, these lght types are two ndependent DALI resources (although they are ntegrated n a shared lght housng). For ths reason, wth the DALI gateway, such lghts should be regarded as two ndependent DALI subscrbers and commssoned accordngly. Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts have a specal brghtness value n the devce memory. Ths brghtness value defnes the brghtness of the connected lghtng for emergency operaton (Emergency Level) and s defned separately for each emergency lght n the ETS plug-n, usng a parameter. Often, sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts are used when a central power supply s not essental or not possble. Only the DALI lghts used for emergency lghtng are equpped wth a sutable ballast, ncludng a battery. In such cases, the KNX system and the DALI Gateway are not suppled wth emergency current (Fgure 20), meanng that KNX dagnoss and control of the emergency lghtng system are not possble. Page 53 of 229

54 Dependng on the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness, the brghtness for emergency operaton can be set n the ETS plug-n, between the lmts 0.1 % %. The planned brghtness value s programmed nto the DALI operatng devces durng the ntalsaton operaton after an ETS programmng operaton. The brghtness for emergency operaton must be wthn the lmts "Emergency Mn Level" and "Emergency Max Level" of the emergency lght operatng devces. Otherwse, the brghtness value s undefned. The lmt values are usually specfed by the manufacturer of the operatng devces. Please refer to the documentaton of the emergency lght operatng devces n order to correctly determne the brghtness value for emergency operaton. AC 230 V L,N da KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da - + KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 20: Example of an applcaton wth sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts As part of devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng, sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts must always be assgned to planned sngle devces (sngle addressng), provded that these operatng devces are to execute an emergency lght functon. Assgnment to group-related sngle devces (group addressng) s possble, but only on condton that these operatng devces can only be used for standard lghtng control (f supported by the operatng devce) and not for emergency lghtng applcatons. If emergency lghts operated wth sngle batteres s used, the ETS plug-n of the Gateway checks the DALI devce type ndcated by the nstalled operatng devce (electronc ballast found) as part of the devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng. Only operatng devces of the type "Sngle-battery operated emergency lght" can be ntegrated nto the emergency lghtng functon for sngle-battery emergency lghts. Testng of the DALI devce type s essental and can, n consequence, not be swtched off n a sngle-battery-operated emergency lghtng system n the ETS plug-n. Ths avods ncorrect assgnments. Some DALI operatng devces have the devce type "Multtype". Such devces can be ntegrated nto the emergency lght functon for sngle-battery emergency lghts, provded that these are enabled for ths applcaton. The ETS plug-n dentfes ths by readng out specfc propertes durng DALI commssonng. Multtype can normally be used for general lghtng tasks and emergency lghtng applcatons. There are, however, some multtypes whch are unsutable for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghtng applcatons. Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts are usually able to perform functon and contnuous operaton tests. In many countres, safety requrements stpulate that such tests be performed for emergency lghtng equpment (e.g. IEC Automatc test systems for battery powered emergency escape lghtng). The DALI Gateway makes t possble to carry out functon and contnuous operaton tests usng external or automatc starts and to make the test results avalable separately for each DALI operatng devce va KNX telegram. Durng a functon test, the functon of the emergency lght s tested and logged. Durng a Page 54 of 229

55 contnuous operaton test, the functon of the battery s tested and logged. Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Combnaton of centrally-suppled and sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts In general, centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems can be combned wth sngle-batteryoperated emergency lghts n a DALI nstallaton. Ths s a coexstence of both systems, whch do not nfluence each other, are functonally ndependent and are also controlled and dagnosed separately by the DALI Gateway, f possble. When both systems are combned, we recommend ntegratng the KNX system and DALI Gateway nto the central emergency power supply, so that dagnoss and control tasks va KNX reman ntact, even f there s a falure (Fgure 21). AC 230 V AC/DC 230 V L,N da L,N da - + KNX KNX DALI DALI L,N da KNX system DALI gateway emergency lghts Fgure 21: Example of a combned applcaton of a centrally-suppled emergency lghtng system wth sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts Page 55 of 229

56 ETS plug-n Program wndow The settng of all the devces parameter, DALI commssonng and also the DALI test are entrely carred out by a plug-n embedded n the ETS. The plug-n s a component part of the product database and s nstalled automatcally, when the devce s nserted nto an ETS project from the product catalogue and s accessed. There s no need to nstall addtonal software. The plug-n s started by openng the Parameter vew of the DALI Gateway. Then the ETS used wll see the program wndow of the plug-n (Fgure 22). Fgure 22: Program wndow of the ETS plug-n The program wndow s prmarly dvded up nto two areas. The left-hand pane contans all the parameter pages of the group-related, devce-related and mult-channel parameters n a tree structure. Confguraton pages for commssonng, the mport/export functon and the DALI test are also avalable n ths wndow. The ndvdual pages can be selected and opened by clckng the mouse or navgatng wth the keyboard. The parameters and operatng elements assgned to the parameter page then become vsble n the rght-hand pane. There are 4 buttons n the lower area of the wndow. The OK button exts the plug-n and saves the set parameters and confguratons to the ETS database. The Cancel button exts the plug-n, wthout savng the data to the ETS database. Any changes to the parameter settngs are lost. In addton, prevously set DALI commssonng parameters are not appled to the ETS database. However, prevously performed DALI commssonng remans n the DALI operatng devces. Ths can lead to cancellaton operatons or data ncompatblty. An nformaton message warns the ETS user, preventng mstaken program cancellatons. When pressed, the Standard button resets all the parameters of the DALI Gateway to the standard values suppled by the manufacturer n the product database. Any changes to the parameter settngs devatng from the standard specfcatons are lost. Any created groups and devces wll be deleted. The DALI commssonng parameters are also affected. Assgnments of DALI operatng devces to groups or sngle devces are lost. However, prevously performed DALI commssonng remans n the DALI operatng devces. For ths reason, when resettng to standard parameters, also perform a reset of the connected DALI subscrbers or commssonng wth a new group assgnment. Page 56 of 229

57 When pressed, the Help button opens ths product documentaton of the DALI Gateway as onlne help. Creatng DALI groups or sngle devces Dependng on the addressng type confguraton, up to 32 DALI groups are avalable for group addressng. For alternatve control, these can be supplemented wth 64 ndvdually-addressable DALI devce channels, as necessary. DALI groups and sngle devces are created n the plug-n and confgured separately. At least one group or sngle devce has always been created. Addtonal groups or devces can be added to the confguraton by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree vew and then executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck) (Fgure 23). Fgure 23: Addtonal DALI groups (sngle devces can be added n the same manner) Created groups or sngle devces can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of a group or devce node and nserted nto the hgher-level node as a new group or new sngle devce usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped group nto an exstng group. In so dong, all the parameter settngs of the exstng group, although not assgned sngle devces, are transferred from the coped group. Ths allows the creaton of groups wth an dentcal confguraton (e.g. n large DALI systems) quckly and wthout much work. Copyng and nserton nto exstng nodes can be performed n the same way for sngle devces. It s possble to copy a group and nsert t nto the parameter node of a sngle devce. For ths, the confguraton of the group s appled to the sngle devce. It s also possble to copy sngle devces and nsert them onto group nodes. Only the parameters supported by the target node are coped. Created groups or sngle devces can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. Note that at least one group and / or sngle devce must always have been created. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each group and each sngle devce. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each group and each sngle devce clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Lght strp wndow, south", "Sports, offce, Page 57 of 229

58 central", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each DALI group receves a unque group number (1...32), whch s shown n square brackets before the group name. In the case of sngle devces, the DALI short address (1...64) s dsplayed n square brackets. The DALI short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Consecutve group numbers are generated by the plug-n tself when new groups are created (next free address). Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble by referencng the numbers and short addresses. Through the transmsson of the unque names to the KNX buldng vsualsaton (e.g. control panels), the user s able - partcularly durng error dagnoss - to dentfy the lghtng components easly. The group and devce numbers are also dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay on the front of the devce durng actve operaton (see page 14-15). Each group and each sngle devce can be confgured ndependently n the plug-n. After confguraton durng DALI commssonng, the ndvdual DALI operatng devces are programmed wth the confgured short addresses. The confguraton of the groups and sngle devces s transmtted to the DALI operatng devces when the Gateway s started after an ETS programmng operaton. In so dong, all the operatng devces assgned to a DALI group are confgured dentcally. If DALI operatng devces are assgned to multple groups, these devces wll then receve the project desgn of the group wth the hghest group number. Creatng scenes, effects and effect steps Lghts or lght groups can optonally be ntegrated n up to 16 scenes, meanng that preprogrammed statc lght scenes can be recalled. In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s also possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Scenes and effects are created n the ETS plug-n and are confgured separately. A scene or an effect can be added to the confguraton by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree vew and then by executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck) (Fgure 24). Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect, as necessary. The sxteenth last step of an effect s always the stop step n the confguraton. Ths s only executed when the effect s stopped automatcally after the number of run-throughs has been reached or the user performs the Stop command. Ths makes t possble to set a defned lghtng state. A new effect step can be added by selectng an effect parameter node n the tree vew and then executng the New command n the context menu. Ths always adds the frst step of an effect. If steps already exst, these are always shfted one place when new steps are added. The exstng steps are thus gven a new, hgher step number ( / 16 = Stop step). When new effects are created, all the necessary effect steps should always be created drectly, n order to avod subsequent edtng and shftng of the effect sequences due to the addng of new steps. Page 58 of 229

59 Fgure 24: Addng scenes (effects and effect steps can be added n the same way) Created scenes and effects can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of an approprate scene or effect parameter node and nserted nto the hgher-level nodes "Scenes" or "Effects" as a new scene or new effect usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped scene or effect nto an exstng scene or effect. All the parameter settngs are appled wthout creatng a new element. Effect steps can only be coped and nserted nto exstng steps. Ths completely transfers the confguraton of the coped step nto another step. Ths functon can be used, for example, to transport exstng step confguratons nto other steps, after new steps have been added, thereby changng the sequence of the lght scene. Created scenes, effects and effect steps can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each scene or effect. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each scene or effect clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Scene TV", "Effect wndow", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each scene and effect receves a unque number (1...16), whch s shown n square brackets before the name. Ths number s only a label wthn the ETS plug-n for dstngushng clearly between the ndvdual scenes and effects, even f they have the same name. In addton, scenes and effects have KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory functon and to start and stop the effects usng the extenson objects of these functons. Scene and effect numbers do not have to be dentcal to KNX extenson numbers. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple scenes. The same apples to the KNX numbers of the effects. In the case of effect steps, the step number ( / 16 = Stop step) s dsplayed n square brackets. Ths labels the step sequence of an effect run-through drectly. Import and export of templates or backup fles Complete devce plannng (all parameter settngs, KNX group addresses and object confguraton) as well as all DALI commssonng parameters (found DALI operatng devces, Page 59 of 229

60 long and short addresses and group/sngle devce assgnments) can be exported to an external XML fle and thus backed up. In addton, an mport of prevously backed-up data s possble at any tme. Ths makes smple data backup possble, even outsde the ETS database. In addton, exstng devce plannng can be downloaded as a template even to other DALI Gateways of the same type, thus smplfyng the confguraton of a new devce consderably. The mport and export functon can be executed on the parameter page Import / Export / Prnt of the plug-n. Pressng the Export button exports the complete current devce confguraton of the plug-n to an XML fle. Before exportng, t s possble to specfy the memory locaton of the fle. The plugn dsplays the progress of the export operaton. The operaton may take some tme. The length of tme depends on the number of exstng groups and sngle devces, the created scenes and effects as well as on the DALI operatng devces avalable. The data s exported n "*.XML" format. Mcrosoft XML-Parser 3.0 or hgher must be nstalled on the PC ("msxml3.dll") n order to export an XML fle. An approprate nstallaton can be downloaded from the Mcrosoft webste ( for Wndows 98 operatng systems or hgher (search term: "msxml"). "MSXML 3.0 Servce Pack 4" or a later verson s requred as the approprate program package. If the program package s not nstalled, the plug-n of the DALI Gateway wll dsplay an error message when the Export command s executed. More recent operatng systems usually have the package prenstalled. Pressng the Import button can download a prevously exported XML fle to the devce confguraton. It should be noted that, durng an mport operaton, the current confguraton of the plug-n n the ETS, ncludng all the commssonng parameters of the DALI operatng devces, s always overwrtten. For ths reason, the plug-n ssues a warnng of ths characterstc before the process s executed (Fgure 25). Fgure 25: Note before an mport operaton After confrmaton of the mport, the plug-n asks whether the mport should take place wth or wthout KNX group addresses. In the case of an mport wthout group addresses, the plug-n does not apply any assocatons between the communcaton objects and the group addresses of the XML fle. After the mport operaton, no group addresses are connected to objects. Alternatvely, an XML mport can also be carred out wth the applcaton of the KNX group addresses saved n the XML fle. Before applcaton, the plug-n tests all the group addresses of the XML fle. If there are no group addresses n the ETS project, they wll be created n the project. If object types do not match (e.g. group address 1/1/1 s lnked to 1-bt objects n the ETS project and wth a 1-byte object n the XML fle), the addresses concerned wll not be mported from the XML fle. The plug-n then dsplays an nformaton wndow and lsts the group addresses wth a data type conflct. These conflcts must then be resolved manually by the ETS user f all group addresses are actually appled. Page 60 of 229

61 Fgure 26: Import dalog to select an mport wth or wthout KNX group addresses After the mport of an XML fle, an ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton program must take place so that the confguraton data are appled to the Gateway. An mport operaton overwrtes all the DALI commssonng parameters (found DALI operatng devces, long and short addresses and group/sngle devce assgnments) wth the data of the XML fle. It should be noted that only the data saved n the ETS database wll be compared. Any prevously performed DALI commssonng wth programmng of the DALI operatng devce wll reman unchanged n the operatng devces. For ths reason, after the mport of an XML template, new DALI commssonng must always take place, too, f DALI commssonng parameters are specfed by the XML template other than those most recently programmed nto the DALI system onlne. New DALI commssonng s not necessary f the XML mport does not change the commssonng parameters (e.g. durng the mport of an XML backup fle of a prevously fully-commssoned system when a DALI Gateway s replaced). Important note for the mport of XML fles wth the ETS3 or the ETS4 of up to Verson 4.1.6: After the mport, the affected devce must be unloaded usng the ETS. Only then should an ETS programmng operaton be performed. Unloadng forces the ETS to perform a complete download. Only n ths way s t guaranteed that all the relevant confguraton and commssonng data from the mport are programmed completely nto the devce. On ETS4 from Verson 4.1.7, the programmng of all the relevant data s automatc and tme-optmsed. There s no need for the unloadng operaton here. It s possble to mport the XML fle of older versons of DALI Gateways (Gra order number ) n order to transfer old confguratons to new devces. Takng the functon propertes of older devces nto account, the followng characterstcs and restrctons apply... - Only groups are mported (the addressng type "Group control " s set). - DALI commssonng parameters (long addresses, short addresses, group assgnments) are mported. A new DALI commssonng operaton must be performed f any changes have been made to the DALI confguraton n the system snce the export of the XML fle! Otherwse (e.g. only when replacng a DALI Gateway whlst mantanng all the DALI commssonng parameters), there s no need for onlne commssonng. Page 61 of 229

62 - Functons not contaned n older devces (e.g. operatng hours counter, DALI telegram rate lmt, collectve feedback, effects) are deactvated after the mport. These functons can then be enabled and confgured as necessary. - Communcaton flags and data pont types of objects and transmsson flags of group addresses are not transferred. Manual adjustments may have to be performed here after the XML mport f necessary. It s not possble to mport XML fles, exported usng the plug-n of the devces descrbed n ths documentaton, nto the confguratons of older devces. Prnt functon The plug-n of the DALI Gateway also offers the opton of prntng out the complete devce confguraton ncl. the group/sngle devce programmng, the scene and effect confguraton and all the DALI commssonng parameters as a confguraton report. The Prnt functon can be executed on the parameter page Import / Export / Prnt of the plug-n. When the Prnt button s pressed, the plug-n asks whether the complete devce confguraton should be prnted out on paper or only a part of the DALI commssonng parameters, ncl. the DALI devce names and short addresses (Fgure 27). Fgure 27: Prnt dalog to select the prntng optons Versons The plug-n s ntegrated nto the ETS Product database of the DALI gateway and nstalled automatcally when the applcaton program of the gateway s mported nto the ETS (ETS4, ETS5) or s ntegrated there nto a project (ETS3). Only plug-ns from verson n conjuncton wth devces from release label"v02" support the advanced compatblty mode (see page ), whch also takes effect durng an onlne commssonng process (programmng short addresses and group assgnments). In the case of older plug-n versons or generally wth devces wth release label "V00" or "V01", the compatblty mode only nfluences the devce search. In the parameter wndow of the DALI gateway you can dentfy whch plug-n verson s used. Plug-ns from verson contan a verson label n plan text n the bottom left-hand corner of the parameter wndow (Fgure 28). If ths label s mssng, then an older plug-n s nstalled and n use. Older plug-n versons can easly be updated by re-mportng a current product database. Page 62 of 229

63 Fgure 28: Verson label n the plug-n If a plug-n from verson s run n conjuncton wth an older devce (Release labels "V00" or "V01"), an actve compatblty mode wll have no effect on an onlne commssonng of the short addresses or group assgnments. Older devces then behave as f the compatblty mode were not actve. If an old plug-n (verson pror ) s used n conjuncton wth a devce from release label "V02", the compatblty mode wll only affect the devce search (equpment dentfcaton va short address). Page 63 of 229

64 Descrpton of group- and devce-ndependent functons DALI communcaton Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI telegram rate lmt can optonally be actvated. Frstly, t s then possble to extend the perod of tme between DALI telegrams. Secondly, the ntalsaton behavour of the Gateway can be nfluenced. By usng the DALI telegram rate lmt, t s possble to adapt the communcaton behavour of the Gateway to problematc or non-dali-conformant operatng devces to a great extent. The DALI telegram rate lmt s actvated and confgured n the parameter node "General -> DALI communcaton". Tme delay between two DALI telegrams In accordance wth the vald DALI standard (IEC /102 Ed. 1), pauses of at least 9.15 ms must be mantaned between the transmssons of ndvdual DALI telegrams to the operatng devces. To optonally reduce the telegram load for the DALI operatng devces and thus reduce the lkelhood of errors on the part of some electronc ballasts, t s possble to ncrease the pause tme between telegrams of the DALI Gateway to the operaton devce by a multple of the mnmum pause tme (Fgure 29). Ths produces a telegram rate lmt, whch can adjusted ndvdually usng the parameter "Mnmum delay tme between two DALI telegrams" n the parameter node "General -> DALI communcaton" n the range n steps of 0.5. For ths parameter to be vsble, the DALI telegram rate lmt must be actve on the same parameter page. Extendng the pause tme between the telegrams gves the operatng devces more tme to react to the commands of the DALI Gateway. However, ths also delays the reacton tme of the overall DALI system when controlled by KNX telegrams and also durng DALI commssonng or a DALI test. As a result, large tme factors should be avoded n the delay tme parameter, unless explctly requred. The approved pause tme between telegrams from the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces and the matchng response s wthn a range of 2.91 ms and 9.15 ms. Ths tme perod s requred by the operatng devces and cannot be nfluenced to any great extent by the Gateway. telegrams (1...5) x 9.15 ms ms gateway gateway gateway ballast... t Fgure 29: Pause tmes between DALI telegrams Delay tme after mans voltage return to DALI After the mans voltage supply s swtched on, dependng on the ther type, DALI operatng devces usually requre dfferent lengths of tme to ntalse themselves and thus to react to commands of the DALI Gateway. To ensure that no commands of the Gateway to the operatng devces are lost after mans voltage return - because they are stll ntalsng - t s possble to actvate a delay as an opton. Ths delay s defned wthn a range of seconds usng the parameter "Delay tme after mans voltage return to DALI", whch s avalable n the parameter Page 64 of 229

65 node "General -> DALI communcaton" when a DALI telegram rate lmt s actvated. The delay tme after mans voltage return delays the start of the applcaton of the DALI Gateway after the mans voltage supply s swtched on as well as after an ETS programmng operaton and thus delays the executon of the confgured behavour after bus voltage return and all other automatc reactons (e.g. feedback messages) after a devce reset. No DALI telegrams are transmtted by the Gateway n ths state. "- -" s dsplayed on the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce n order to sgnal that the devce s not yet ready for operaton. KNX communcaton s also possble durng the delay tme. Ths allows control of groups and sngle devces as well as of scenes and effects and the specfcaton of commands. However, these are only executed once the delay tme on the DALI page has elapsed. Only the last command relatve to a group, a sngle devce, a scene or an effect s ever executed! If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved durng Gateway ntalsaton, the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command and not the confgured behavour after bus voltage return. The delay tme after mans voltage return to DALI s not requred f the ntalsaton tme of the DALI operatng devces s shorter than that of the DALI Gateway. In ths case, the parameter should be set to the value "0". If the operatng devces ntalse more quckly than the Gateway, they wll actvate the programmed "Power-On Level" (see page 88-89) before the Gateway transmts other brghtness commands. After mans voltage return, ths allows the observaton of short-tme changes to the brghtness states n the DALI system. Should only the mans voltage supply of the Gateway fal, the operatng devces wll set themselves to the "System Falure Level" (see page 87-88). After return of the mans voltage supply, the DALI Gateway - once the delay has elapsed - then transmts commands to the DALI page n accordance wth the confgured behavour ("Behavour after bus voltage return") or the last KNX specfcaton. Page 65 of 229

66 DALI error messages Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI Gateway allows feedback of varous error states. Ths means that the general feedback of an exstng error n the DALI system, the feedback of the error status of ndvdual operatng devces and messages on the state of the supply voltage and a short-crcut on the DALI cable can be confgured ndependently of one another usng a KNX telegram. Feedback of error status n DALI system The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the error status of DALI operatng devces (see page 67-68). If ndvdual evaluaton and dsplay of the error status of ndvdual electronc ballasts or DALI groups s not requred or s to be supplemented wth a feedback functon, ndependent of the electronc ballast, t s possble to use the general feedback of the "Error status n the DALI system". Ths feedback has a separate 1-bt communcaton object, whch allows the sgnallng of a general error n the DALI nstallaton. The DALI Gateway sets the object value to "1 - ON" as soon as t detects an error n a prevously commssoned DALI operatng devce. Here, t s rrelevant whch error was dentfed by the Gateway (lamp error, electronc ballast error, converter error). The Gateway only resets the object value to "0 - OFF" when all the prevously dentfed errors were elmnated. To use ths feedback functon, the parameter "Feedback 'Error status n the DALI system'?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node must be confgured to the settng "Yes...". The parameter "Type of feedback" determnes whether the feedback s an actve transmtter or s passve (general error status must be polled). In general, the general electronc ballast and lamp errors also nclude error states, dentfed as part of the operatng tests of emergency lghts (e.g. devce errors, converter errors, emergency lamp errors). Settng feedback of the error status n DALI system The feedback of the general error status can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s transmtted to the bus whenever the status changes. In the functon as a passve status object, there s no automatc telegram transmsson. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Type of feedback" n the parameter node "General -> DALI error messages" defnes the functon of the feedback object "Error status n the DALI system". o Set the parameter to "Actve sgnallng object". The general error status s transmtted as soon as the state changes. A general error saved n the DALI Gateway s lost when the mans voltage fals. For ths reason, after all the errors have been elmnated by swtchng the mans voltage off on the DALI Gateway and swtchng t back on agan, no feedback s transmtted. The DALI Gateway ntalses after swtchng on the mans power supply or after an ETS programmng operaton. If a DALI error s detected n ths state, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt an approprate feedback telegram. The only tme feedback s not sent to the bus automatcally s after bus voltage return (mans voltage swtched-on permanently on the DALI Gateway durng bus falure). o Set the parameter to "Passve status object". The general error status wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out by the bus. Optonally, the general error status can be transmtted repeatedly, f, after a prevously dentfed DALI error, further errors are detected on the same or other operatng devces. The parameter "Telegram repetton on new error n DALI system?" n the parameter node "General -> DALI error messages" specfes the behavour of the general error status feedback for new errors. Page 66 of 229

67 o o Set the parameter to "yes". The general error status s transmtted as "1 - ON" for each new error. Set the parameter to "no". The general error status s transmtted repeatedly for new errors. Telegrams are only transmtted agan va the object "Error status n the DALI system", when no more errors are present. Feedback Error status per DALI operatng devce The DALI Gateway allows the feedback of the ndvdual error status of DALI operatng devces n up to two dfferent data formats. To use ths feedback functon, the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node must be set to the settng "Yes...". assgned automatcally. Here, t s possble to defne whether the feedback s an actve transmtter or s passve (error status must be polled). The parameter "Feedback data format" determnes whether only a 1-byte object (accordng to KNX DPT ), a 2-byte object (accordng to KNX DPT ) or a combnaton of both objects s used. The status nformaton "Lamp error", "Error n operatng devce (e.g. electronc ballast error)" or "Converter error" (for emergency lghtng operatng devces) s transmtted to the Gateway by the DALI components f there s an error, and s saved there. The DALI Gateway makes all the status nformaton about the KNX-sde error status objects avalable. The object values are evaluated n bt-orentated fashon accordng to the selected data format. A feedback telegram always transmts the status nformaton of only one DALI operatng devce. As the master n the DALI system, the DALI Gateway - as soon as t s ready for operaton - polls the status of the commssoned electronc ballasts (slaves) cyclcally every second. A system wth a maxmum of 64 DALI devces can dentfy an error after 63 seconds at the latest. Once an error has occurred n the operatng devce, t must be elmnated (swtch off the mans voltage to the approprate DALI subscrber and observe the manufacturer's nformaton!). The DALI Gateway detects an elmnated error automatcally after commssonng of the repared devce and resets the error state n the feedback. 1-byte error status Bts of the 1-byte error status telegram use the electronc ballast number to ndcate to whch devce the sgnalled error relates. The electronc ballast numbers of the error status are derved drectly from the short addresses of the DALI subscrbers. An electronc ballast number (0...63) corresponds to a short address (1...64) mnus "1" (example: Short address = "1" -> Electronc ballast number n the error status telegram = "0"). When an error status s dsplayed, t s rrelevant whether the electronc ballast was assgned to a sngle devce or a group durng project desgn. bts number electronc ballast (0...63) 0 = no lamp errpor / 1 = lamp error 0 = no electronc ballast error / 1 = electronc ballast error Fgure 30: Telegram structure, 1-byte error status Bt 6 s set when the approprate electronc ballast sgnals a lamp error (e.g. defectve lght, cable break to lamp socket). In an error-free lamp state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bt 7 s set when the electronc ballast sgnals a general error (e.g. nternal electronc ballast error). In an error-free devce state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bts 6 and 7 are set when the approprate devce could not be contacted by the DALI Gateway Page 67 of 229

68 (e.g. devce dsconnected from the DALI cable, mans voltage on the electronc ballast swtched off). 2-byte error status In ths data format too, Bts use the electronc ballast number to ndcate to whch devce the sgnalled error relates. The electronc ballast numbers of the error status are derved drectly from the short addresses of the DALI subscrbers. An electronc ballast number (0...63) corresponds to a short address (1...64) mnus "1" (example: Short address = "1" -> Electronc ballast number n the error status telegram = "0"). Alternatvely, the 2-byte error status can be used to dsplay the collectve error state of all the operatng devces of a DALI group. For ths, the error bts of the ndvdual electronc ballast are collected and evaluated by the Gateway. If any error bt s set n at least one electronc ballast of the group, then the same error bt wll also be set n the feedback telegram. To make t possble to dstngush whether the feedback s addressng an electronc ballast or a group, the error status telegram contans Bt 6. Ths bt ndcates whether a sngle devce ("0") or a group ("1") s addressed. When a group s addressed, Bts must contan the group number. A group number (0...15) corresponds to a DALI group number (1...16) mnus "1" (example: DALI group number = "1" -> Group number n the error status telegram = "0"). Bt 7 n the telegram ndcates whether ths s a request telegram ("1") wth passve transmsson, or, alternatvely, an actvely-transmttng telegram, or an answer to a request telegram ("0"). When the error status of an electronc ballast s dsplayed, t s rrelevant whether the operatng devce was assgned to a sngle devce or a group n the project desgn. In the case of actve telegram transmsson, f an error has been dentfed, only the error status for an ndvdual electronc ballast s generally transmtted and not for a group, provded that the approprate electronc ballast s also assgned to a group. bts not used (0) number electronc ballast (0...63) / group (0...15) 0 = devce addressed / 1 = group addressed 0 = response, actve telegram / 1 = request telegram 0 = no lamp error / 1 = lamp error 0 = no electronc ballast error / 1 = electronc ballast error 0 = no converter error / 1 = converter error Fgure 31: Telegram structure, 2-byte KNX error status Bt 8 s set when the approprate electronc ballast or the group sgnals a lamp error (e.g. defectve lght, cable break to lamp socket). In an error-free lamp state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bt 9 s set when the electronc ballast or the group sgnals a general error (e.g. nternal electronc ballast error). In an error-free devce state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). Bts 8 and 9 are set when the approprate devce or an electronc ballast of a group could not be contacted by the DALI Gateway (e.g. devce dsconnected from the DALI cable, mans voltage on the electronc ballast swtched off). If set, Bt 10 ndcates a converter error. Usually, ths error state s only created by DALI emergency lghts. If the converter contaned n the devces s n an error-free state, ths bt s deleted ("0"). In general, the general electronc ballast and lamp errors also nclude error states, dentfed as part of the operatng tests of emergency lghts (e.g. devce errors, converter errors, emergency lamp errors). Page 68 of 229

69 Settng feedback for error status per DALI operatng devce Frstly, t must be specfed whether the 1-byte or 2-byte error status s used, or a combnaton of both objects. o Set the parameter "Data format of feedback" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "Only 2-byte KNX object". In accordance wth KNX DPT , only the 2-byte object s avalable. Ths object can be used both actvely and passvely (request telegram) and should preferably be used n accordance wth KNX specfcaton. o Set the parameter "Data format of feedback" to "Only 1-byte object". In accordance wth KNX DPT , only the 1-byte object s avalable. Ths object can be used both actvely and passvely (request telegram). o Set the parameter "Data format of feedback" to "1-byte and 2-byte KNX object". The 2-byte object s avalable n accordance wth KNX DPT , and the 1-byte object s also avalable n accordance wth KNX DPT Both objects can be used both actvely and passvely (request telegram). In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether the feedback of the error status to the KNX s actvely transmttng (telegram transmsson on status change) or passve (telegram transmsson only as a response to a request telegram). o Set the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "Yes, feedback object s actve sgnallng object". Optonally, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after ntalsaton" can be used to actvate a delay of the 2-byte feedback after Gateway ntalsaton (ETS programmng operaton, mans voltage return). The delay tme s globally confgured n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". After ntalsaton, the 1-byte error status s generally transmtted wthout a delay. As soon as an error s detected on a DALI operatng devce durng the cyclcal status poll, the DALI Gateway wll transmt a feedback telegram wth the approprate electronc ballast/group number to the KNX. As soon as the error has been elmnated, the DALI Gateway detects the error elmnaton, provded that the operatng power supply to the Gateway was not nterrupted, and, accordngly, transmts a feedback telegram "No error" to the KNX. Should multple errors have been dentfed on varous electronc ballasts, these wll not be retransmtted to the KNX when a devce or lamp error s elmnated. The transmsson of a feedback telegram related to a DALI operatng devce or a group wll thus only take place once after determnaton of the error. In the case of actve telegram transmsson, f an error has been dentfed, only the error status for an ndvdual electronc ballast s generally transmtted and not for a group, provded that the approprate electronc ballast s also assgned to a group. An error saved n the DALI Gateway s lost when the mans voltage fals. For ths reason, after an error has been elmnated by swtchng the mans voltage off on the DALI Gateway and swtchng t back on agan, no feedback s transmtted. The DALI Gateway ntalses after swtchng on the mans power supply or after an ETS programmng operaton. If a DALI error s detected n ths state, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt an approprate feedback telegram. The only tme feedback "DALI error status" s not sent to the bus automatcally s after bus voltage return (mans voltage swtched-on permanently on the DALI Gateway durng bus falure). o Set the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "Yes, feedback object s a passve status object". Page 69 of 229

70 o There s no automatc telegram transmsson to the KNX when an error s detected. To determne the error status of a DALI operatng devce or a group, the communcaton object "Error status for each DALI operatng devce" or "KNX error status for each DALI operatng devce" must be descrbed externally wth a request telegram (ValueWrte). Here, a dstncton s made as to whether the 1-byte or the 2-byte error status s used... 1-byte error status: Bts of the request telegram must contan the number of the electronc ballast, from whch the status s to be polled (Fgure 30). Bts 6 and 7 must be set to "1"! Otherwse, the request telegram s gnored. 2-byte KNX error status: Bt 7 ("1") must be set n the request telegram. Bt 6 must ndcate whether a group ("1") or an ndvdual electronc ballast ("0") s beng addressed. Bts must then contan the number of the electronc ballast or the group number (Fgure 31). The states of error bts are rrelevant n the request telegram. Bts must always be "0"! Otherwse, the request telegram s gnored. The DALI Gateway responds to a receved, vald request telegram mmedately (ValueWrte) by transmttng the current status once as a response. Set the parameter "Feedback 'Error status per DALI operatng devce'?" on the parameter page "General -> DALI error messages" to "no". The feedback of the error status per DALI operatng devce s deactvated. No communcaton object s avalable for ths functon. Request telegrams to electronc ballast or group numbers, whch are not confgured n the DALI system and are thus not avalable, are always answered wth deleted error bts. Request telegrams to group numbers greater than 15 (DALI group number greater than 16) are never answered. A read telegram (ValueRead) to the communcaton object "Error status per DALI operatng devce" or "KNX error status per DALI operatng devce" s answered, f the Read flag s set, by the DALI Gateway transmttng the most recently updated object value (ValueResponse). Ths means that DALI operatng devces cannot be polled clearly. Feedback for mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway The DALI Gateway can montor ts supply voltage at the mans voltage connecton. If there s a falure, the Gateway s able to transmt a message telegram to the KNX before stoppng operaton, provded that the bus voltage s unnterrupted. Optonally, the swtch-on of the mans voltage supply can also be fed back. If the mans voltage supples of the Gateway and the connected DALI operatng devces are connected to the same crcut, the operatng state of the entre DALI system whch s not suppled wth emergency current can be montored on the KNX through the evaluaton of the mans voltage feedback. The DALI Gateway uses the 1-bt communcaton object "Voltage falure n the DALI system" to feed back a voltage falure or return. The telegram polarty of ths object s fxed: Mans voltage avalable = 0, Mans voltage falure = 1. Settng feedback for mans voltage supply In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether only a falure of the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway s fed back to the KNX or whether mans voltage return s also fed back. Telegram transmsson s always actvely transmttng. As soon as there s a change of state n the mans voltage, a feedback telegram s transmtted once. The parameter "Feedback, DALI Gateway supply voltage falure/return?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node defnes the behavour of mans voltage montorng. o Set the parameter to "Yes (only on voltage falure)". If a mans voltage falure s detected on the DALI Gateway, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt a feedback telegram. It stops operaton just a few seconds later. o Set the parameter to "Yes (on voltage falure and return)". Page 70 of 229

71 o If a mans voltage falure s detected on the DALI Gateway, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt a feedback telegram. It stops operaton just a few seconds later. The DALI Gateway ntalses when the mans power supply s swtched on. Then t transmts one feedback telegram and sgnals that the mans voltage s swtched on. Set the parameter to "no". The feedback of the state of the mans voltage supply s deactvated. The communcaton object s hdden. The feedback of a mans voltage falure can only be transmtted when the bus voltage s connected and swtched on at the tme of the falure. If, at the tme of mans return, no bus voltage s connected or swtched on, no feedback for mans voltage return wll be transmtted ether. The feedback s saved, however, whch means that t s transmtted later when the bus voltage s swtched on. The feedback telegram can be transmtted to the bus automatcally after bus voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS f there s mans voltage on the DALI Gateway. Feedback for DALI short-crcut The DALI Gateway detects short-crcuts on the DALI cable, as may occur n the case of an nstallaton error. As soon as a short-crcut s dentfed on the DALI cable when the mans power supply s swtched on, the DALI Gateway transmts feedback to the KNX when the feedback functon for DALI short-crcuts s enabled. The DALI Gateway uses the 1-bt communcaton object "Short-crcut n the DALI system" to feed back a DALI short-crcut. The telegram polarty of ths object s fxed: No short-crcut = 0, Short-crcut = 1. Settng feedback for DALI short-crcut In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether DALI short-crcut feedback s to be transmtted to the KNX. When enabled, telegram transmsson s always actvely transmttng. As soon as a short-crcut has been detected and elmnated, the Gateway wll transmt one feedback telegram wthout a delay. The parameter "Feedback DALI short-crcut?" n the "General -> DALI error messages" parameter node defnes the behavour of mans voltage montorng. o Set the parameter to "yes". The DALI short-crcut feedback s actvated and the communcaton object enabled. o Set the parameter to "no". The DALI short-crcut feedback s deactvated. The communcaton object s hdden. The connected DALI operatng devces also react to a short-crcut n the DALI cable. The devces set themselves to the specfed "System Falure Level". By default, ths brghtness value s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or a sngle devce. Optonally, ths value can - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage return - be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton (see page ). Snce the brghtness of the connected DALI operatng devces mght possbly change f there s a short-crcut, the DALI Gateway also transmts feedback to the bus for the swtchng status and brghtness value f these feedback functons are enabled. The feedback of a DALI short-crcut can only be transmtted when the bus voltage s connected and swtched on at the tme of the short-crcut. If no bus voltage s connected or swtched on at the tme of the short-crcut, no feedback for mans voltage return wll be transmtted ether. Feedback s saved, however, whch means that t s transmtted later when the bus voltage s swtched on. Page 71 of 229

72 The DALI Gateway ntalses after swtchng on the mans power supply or after an ETS programmng operaton. If a short-crcut on the DALI cable s detected n ths state, the Gateway wll mmedately transmt an approprate feedback telegram. After bus voltage return (mans voltage swtched-on permanently on the DALI Gateway durng bus falure), the feedback s not sent to the bus automatcally. Page 72 of 229

73 Status and feedbacks Delay after bus/mans voltage return To reduce telegram traffc on the bus lne after the bus voltage (bus reset) or the mans voltage supply s swtched on, after connecton of the devce to the bus lne or after programmng wth the ETS, t s possble to delay all actvely transmtted feedback telegrams of the Gateway. To do ths, a delay tme can be specfed for multple functons (parameter "Tme delay for feedbacks after bus return for groups and devces" n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback"). Only after the confgured tme elapses are feedback telegrams for ntalsaton transmtted to the bus. It s possble to confgure separately whch of the feedback telegrams are actually delayed for each feedback functon. The delay has no effect on the behavour of the ndvdual groups or sngle devces and not on other functons of the devce ether. Only the feedback telegrams are delayed. Groups and sngle devces can also be actvated durng the delay after bus voltage return. A settng of "0" for the delay after bus voltage return deactvates the delayng functon altogether. In ths case, all feedback telegrams, f actvely transmtted, wll be transmtted to the bus wthout any delay. The messages "Error status n DALI system", "Error status per DALI operatng devce" (only 1 byte), "Short-crcut n the DALI system" or "Voltage falure n the DALI system" are always transmtted wthout a tme delay. Delayng feedback Only feedbacks that are enabled and set as actvely transmttng can be confgured wth regard to the transmttng behavour after bus voltage return. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "yes". The parameter s on the parameter page of the correspondng swtchng status or brghtness value feedback of a group or a sngle devce. In ths case, after bus voltage return the feedback telegram s frst transmtted to the bus after the end of the delay tme. Alternatvely (settng "No"), a feedback telegram s transmtted to the bus wthout tme delay mmedately after bus voltage return. Collectve feedback After central commands or after bus/mans voltage return, a KNX lne s generally heavly loaded by data traffc as many bus devces are transmttng the state of ther communcaton objects by means of feedback telegrams. Ths effect occurs partcularly when usng vsualsatons. Collectve feedback of the Gateway can be used to keep the telegram load low durng ntalsaton. The collectve feedback summarses the swtchng states of the DALI groups and sngle devces n bt-orentated form (Fgure 32). Up to 6 separate 4-byte communcaton objects accordng to KNX DPT are avalable for ths, dependng on the set addressng type. Each of these objects can vsualse the swtchng state of up to 16 groups or devces. Page 73 of 229

74 byte 4 byte 3 byte 2 byte 1 mask group 16 mask group 15 mask group 14 mask group 13 mask group 12 mask group 11 mask group 10 mask group mask group 8 mask group 7 mask group 6 mask group 5 mask group 4 mask group 3 mask group 2 mask group group 16 group 15 group 14 group 13 group 12 group 11 group 10 group group 8 group 7 group 6 group 5 group 4 group 3 group 2 group 1 M M S S Fgure 32: Structure of the objects of the collectve feedback, usng the example of the object for Groups 1-16 It s possble to show up to 16 groups or sngle devces and thus up to 16 dfferent swtchng states logcally n a 4-byte object. Each group or each sngle devce has one bt representng the swtchng state ("S" bt) and another one defnng the maskng ("M" bt). The "S" bts correspond to the logcal non-nverted swtchng states of the groups or devces and are ether "1" (on) or "0" (off). The M bts are "1" when the correspondng group or the approprate sngle devce has been created n the project desgn of the Gateway. Smlarly, M bts are "0" when groups or devces are not avalable. In ths case, the correspondng "S" bts are contnuously "0", as there s no swtchng status. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, bus or mans voltage return), the Gateway always transmts all the collectve feedback accordng to the confgured addressng type, provded that the objects are confgured as actvely transmttng. If only ndvdual swtchng states change n Gateway operaton, only the affected collectve feedback objects are updated. The followng example object value formats result... Groups 1 to 4 avalable: "00 0F 00 0x", x = swtchng states -> Group 1 and 2 ON: "00 0F 00 03" / Group 1 and 3 ON: "00 0F 00 05" Groups 1 to 6 avalable: "00 3F 00 xx", x = swtchng states -> Group 1 and 2 ON: "00 3F 00 03" / Group 1 and 5 ON: "00 3F 00 11" Groups 1 to 4 and 10 to 12 avalable: "0E 0F 0x 0x", x = swtchng states -> Group 1 and 4 ON: "0E 0F 00 09" / Group 1 and 10 ON: "0E 0F 02 01" Use of the collectve feedback would be possble n approprate vsualsaton applcatons - for example n publc buldngs such as schools or hosptals - where the swtchng states of the actuators are dsplayed centrally and no separate swtchng status s dsplayed at the control sectons. In such applcatons the collectve feedback can replace the 1 bt ndvdual feedbacks and thereby sgnfcantly reduce the bus load. Actvate collectve feedback Collectve feedback s a global devce functon and can be enabled n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". o Set the parameter "Collectve feedback swtchng status?" to "yes". Collectve feedback s enabled. The collectve feedback objects become vsble n the ETS. Dependng on the confgured addressng type, up to 6 objects are dsplayed for groups and / or sngle devces. Page 74 of 229

75 o Set the parameter to "no". Collectve feedback s deactvated. No collectve feedback objects are avalable. Settng the update of collectve feedback In the ETS plug-n, you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback values for the collectve feedback, n the case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng of the object value for collectve feedback" s created n the parameter node "General -> Status and Feedback". Collectve feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to "Actve message object". o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback values n the collectve feedback once a new telegram s receved on the nput objects "Swtchng" or "Central swtchng" for groups or sngle devces. Wth actvely transmttng feedback objects, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, correspondng collectve feedbacks are also generated, e.g. for cyclcal telegrams to the "Swtchng" objects. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback values n the collectve feedback objects when the telegram values of the nputs also change. If telegram values of the feedback do not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "Swtchng" objects wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, n the case of actvely transmttng feedback objects, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Collectve feedback type Collectve feedback can take place n the form of actve message objects or passve status objects. In the case of actve message objects, the feedback s transmtted to the bus whenever the status contaned theren changes. In the functon as a passve status object, there s no automatc telegram transmsson. In ths case, the object values must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the communcaton flags of the objects requred for proper functonng. Collectve feedback must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Type of collectve feedback" n the parameter node "General -> Status and Feedback" to "Actve sgnallng object". The Gateway transmts the collectve feedback automatcally when the object value s updated. After a devce reset (ETS programmng operaton, bus or mans voltage return), all the collectve feedback s transmtted accordng to the confgured addressng type. If only ndvdual swtchng states change n Gateway operaton, only the object values of the affected collectve feedback objects are transmtted to the bus as well. o Set the parameter to "Passve status object". Collectve feedback wll only be transmtted n response f the approprate object s read out from the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the collectve feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Settng collectve feedback after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS If used as an actve message object, the states of the collectve feedback are transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. In these cases, the Page 75 of 229

76 feedback telegram can be tme-delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all groups and sngle devces together (see page 73). Collectve feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to "Actve message object". o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "Yes". The collectve feedback objects are transmtted wth a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f a swtchng state changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The collectve feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Settng cyclc transmsson of the collectve feedback The objects of the collectve feedback can also transmt ther value cyclcally n addton to transmsson when updatng. Collectve feedback must be enabled and the feedback type set to "Actve message object". o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. o Set the parameter "Cyclc transmsson of the collectve feedback?" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated whch means that collectve feedback s only transmtted to the bus f one of the swtchng states changes. The cycle tme for all cyclc feedback telegrams s defned centrally on the same parameter page. Durng an actve delay after bus voltage return no collectve feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a swtchng state changes. Page 76 of 229

77 Global swtchng status / Standby swtch-off Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI Gateway offers a functon for global feedback of the swtchng status of all planned DALI groups and devces. Ths feedback can also be used for standby swtch-off of the DALI system, and thus to save energy. The global swtchng status feedback s a general devce functon and can be enabled as necessary n the ETS plug-n n the parameter node "General -> Standby swtch-off of DALI devces". If the functon s enabled, the 1-bt object "Standby swtch off DALI/Global swtchng status" becomes vsble. The object value s "1" f at least one DALI group or one DALI sngle devce s swtched on (brghtness value > 0). The object value s "0" f all the DALI groups or DALI sngle devces are swtched off (brghtness value = 0). Here, t s not mportant what swtched a group or ndvdual on or off. A KNX command to objects n the groups or devces, recall of a scene or the start of an effect affect the updatng of the global swtchng status feedback. When the global swtchng status s evaluated, the logcal swtchng status of a DALI group or a sngle devce s evaluated. It s rrelevant whether all or ndvdual planned groups or devces were assgned electronc ballasts durng DALI commssonng, or whether assgned electronc ballasts can be contacted. The object value "0 - OFF" of the feedback can optonally be sent to the bus after a delay, usng the parameter "Delay untl actvaton of the standby swtch-off / transmt the feedback?". If the delay tme s used, the feedback telegram can be used for standby swtch-off of the DALI system. For ths, for example, an output of a KNX swtchng actuator used as an NO contact should be connected to the feedback object of the DALI Gateway. The output of the swtchng actuator swtches the mans voltage supply of all the DALI operatng devces (Fgure 33). If the global swtchng status n ths applcaton s "0", the (delayed) telegram to the actuator wll dsconnect all the DALI operatng devces (not the DALI Gateway) from the network, savng electrcal energy. The mans voltage s swtched on automatcally wth the feedback telegram "1 - ON", as soon as the Gateway s to swtch on at least one operatng devce by DALI command. The tme between the transmsson of ths feedback (swtchng on the mans voltage) and the transmsson of the DALI command can be delayed optonally usng the parameter "Delay untl restart of the DALI devces?". Ths gves the DALI operatng devces suffcent tme after the return of the mans voltage to ntalse themselves n order to be able to react properly to the commands of the Gateway. When centrally-suppled or sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts are controlled, the global swtchng status may not be used for standby swtch-off! Therefore, t s not possble to set the parameters "Delay untl actvaton of the standby swtch-off / transmt the feedback?" and "Delay untl restart of the DALI devces?" to "yes" f the ntegraton of emergency lghts s ntended. When emergency operaton s used, the global swtchng status feedback can only be transmtted wthout delay for general purposes of vsualsaton. The transmsson of DALI commands after a mans voltage return can also only take place wthout a delay. If, durng the course of a delay, addtonal telegrams are receved va KNX untl the restart of the DALI devces, then only the most recently receved telegram s forwarded to the DALI system after the delay tme has elapsed. When usng the delay untl the restart of the DALI devces, ensure that the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" (corresponds to the DALI power-on level) of a group or a sngle devce s confgured as "Swtch off". Ths means that the affected devces do not swtch-on drectly when the mans voltage returns but only after they have receved an approprate DALI command from the Gateway va the DALI cable. Durng a standby swtch-off, the DALI Gateway does not evaluate any DALI error status of the programmed operatng devces. Observe the current carryng capacty of the KNX swtchng actuator ntegrated nto the standby swtch-off! If necessary, use addtonal nstallaton contactors. We do not recommend usng multple actuator channels, as t s usually not possble to mplement smultaneous swtchng of all the channels. Page 77 of 229

78 L N L da da A1 A2 A3 A4 OFF OFF OFF A1 A2 A3 A4 ON ON ON OFF ON ALL O FF Fgure 33: Example of a connecton dagram for standby swtch-off by a KNX swtchng actuator When the standby swtch-off s used (actve tme delays), the feedback of the global swtchng status wll always take place as an actve message telegram whenever the feedback value changes. If no tme delay has been confgured (global swtchng status for general vsualsaton purposes), the feedback object - accordng the parameter "Type of feedback" - can ether be used as an actve sgnallng object or, alternatvely, as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. If used as an actve message object, the feedback status s transmtted to the bus after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, f swtch-on or swtch-off takes place after a devce reset. If feedback s not used for standby swtch-off, the telegram can be transmtted after a delay after bus/mans voltage return, whereby the delay tme s set jontly and globally for all the feedback of the devce (see page 73). If a tme delay s requred, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return?" must be set to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), transmsson of the actve message telegram takes place mmedately after a devce reset and thus generally when the standby swtch-off s used. Feedback n ts functon as an actve sgnallng object can also be transmtted cyclcally as an opton n addton to transmsson when the object value changes, although ths s only possble f the delay tmes, and thus the standby swtch-off, are not used. The parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" then specfes f cyclcal transmsson s enabled or not. If enabled, the parameter "Tme for cyclcal transmsson" on the same parameter page wll defne the cycle tme. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), the groups and devces set themselves to the specfed behavour after ntalsaton (parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" or KNX telegram). If an actve swtch-off or swtch-on occurs on a brghtness value, the Gateway wll also transmt global status feedback accordng to the current state (possbly after a delay). Page 78 of 229

79 Manual operaton Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI Gateway offers manual operaton for all the avalable DALI groups and sngle devces. The button feld wth 4 functon keys and 3 status LEDs on the front panel of the devce can be used for settng the followng modes of operaton... - Bus control: operaton from touch sensors or other bus devces - Temporary manual control: manual control locally wth keypad, automatc return to bus control, - Permanent manual control: local manual control wth keypad. The operaton of the functon keys, the control of the outputs and the status dsplay are descrbed n detal n chapter "Operaton" (see page 14-15). Confguraton, status feedback, dsablng va a bus telegram and nteracton wth other functons of the DALI Gateway when manual operaton s actvated and deactvated wll be descrbed n greater detal n the followng sectons. Manual operaton s possble only when the mans voltage supply to the Gateway s swtched on. In the delvery state of the DALI Gateway, manual operaton s fully enabled. In ths unprogrammed state, all connected DALI operatng devces can be controlled usng the broadcast functon so that fast functon checkng of the connected electronc ballasts (e.g. on the constructon ste) s possble. After ntal commssonng of the Gateway va the ETS, manual operaton can be enabled or dsabled separately for varous states of operaton. Manual control can, for nstance, be dsabled durng bus operaton (bus voltage appled). Another opton conssts n the complete dsablng of the manual control only n case of bus voltage falure. Therefore manual control can be dsabled completely, f the bus dsable and bus falure dsable are actve. Enablng the manual control mode Manual control for the dfferent states of operaton s enabled by means of the parameters "Manual control n case of bus voltage falure" and "Manual control durng bus operaton". o Set the parameter "Manual control n case of bus voltage falure" to "enabled". Manual control s then bascally enabled when the bus voltage s off. Ths settng corresponds to the settng of the actuator as delvered. o Set the parameter "Manual control n case of bus voltage falure" to "dsabled". Manual control s completely dsabled when the bus voltage s off. Snce bus operaton s also not possble n ths state, the DALI groups of the Gateway can no longer be controlled. o Set the parameter "Manual control durng bus operaton" to "enabled". Manual control s then bascally enabled when the bus voltage s on. The DALI groups and sngle devces of the Gateway can be controlled va the bus or by manual operaton. Ths settng corresponds to the settng of the actuator as delvered. o Set the parameter "Manual control durng bus operaton" to "dsabled". Manual control s completely dsabled when the bus voltage s on. In ths confguraton, the DALI groups and the sngle devces of the Gateway can only be operated va the bus. Manual control s possble only whle the actuator s suppled wth power from the mans. Manual operaton ends n case of bus voltage falure, bus voltage return or mans voltage falure. Further parameters and communcaton objects of the manual control are vsble only n the confguraton "Manual control durng bus operaton = enabled". For ths reason, the dsablng functon, the status message and bus control dsablng can only be confgured n the above parameter settng. Page 79 of 229

80 Presettng the behavour at the begnnng and at the end of manual control The manual control dstngushes the temporary and permanent manual control. The behavour s dfferent dependng on these modes of operaton, especally at the end of manual control. It should be noted that bus operaton, -.e. control of the DALI groups and sngle devces by drect operaton (swtchng / dmmng / brghtness value / scenes / central) or by the dsablng or forced poston functons - s always dsabled durng actvated manual operaton. Ths means that the manual control mode has the hghest prorty. Behavour at the begnnng of manual control: The behavour at the begnnng of manual control does not dffer for temporary and permanent manual control. Durng actvaton of the manual operaton, the brghtness statuses of the DALI groups and sngle devces reman unchanged. Flashng feature durng dsablng functon: The flashng of a dsablng functon s nterrupted at the begnnng of the manual operaton. The brghtness remans at the most recently set flash state ("ON" or "OFF). The swtchng status s ndcated as "ON". Actve forced poston functons or dsablng functons can be overrdden by manual control. These functons are reactvated after deactvaton of the manual mode unless they have been cancelled n the meantme. Behavour at the end of manual control: The behavour at the end of manual control s dfferent for temporary and permanent manual control. Temporary manual operaton mode s shut off automatcally when the last group or - f sngle devces are confgured - the last sngle devce has been addressed and when the select key c s pressed once agan. Durng deactvaton of the temporary manual operaton mode, the Gateway returns to 'normal' bus operaton and does not change the brghtness states selected by manual control. However, f a forced poston or dsablng functon was actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton of emergency operaton, the Gateway executes these functons of a hgher prorty agan for the groups and sngle devces concerned. The permanent manual control mode s shut off, when the select key c s pressed for more than 5 seconds. Dependng on the confguraton of the Gateway n the ETS, the groups wll be set to the state last adjusted n manual operaton or to the state nternally tracked (drect operaton, forced poston, dsablng) when the permanent manual operaton s swtched off. The parameter "Behavour at the end of permanent manual control durng bus operaton" defnes the correspondng reacton. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of permanent manual control durng bus operaton" to "no change". All telegrams receved durng an actve permanent manual control mode for drect operaton (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value, central, scenes) wll be rejected. After the end of the permanent manual control mode, the current brghtness state of all the groups and sngle devces remans unchanged. If, however, a forced poston or dsablng functon was actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton of emergency operaton, the Gateway executes these functons of a hgher prorty agan for the groups concerned. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of permanent manual control durng bus operaton" to "track outputs". Durng actve permanent manual control all ncomng telegrams are tracked nternally. At the end of manual operaton, the groups and sngle devces are set to the last tracked brghtness states. If a forced poston or dsablng functon was actvated va the bus before or durng manual operaton of emergency operaton, the Gateway executes these functons of a hgher prorty agan for the groups and sngle devces concerned. The behavour at the end of the permanent manual control when the bus voltage s off (only manual control) s permanently set to "no change". The control operatons trggered n the manual control mode wll be transmtted va feedback objects to the bus, f enabled and actvely transmttng. On falure/return of bus voltage or after programmng wth the ETS, an actvated manual operaton mode wll always be termnated. In ths case, the parameterzed or predefned behavour at the end of manual control wll not be executed. Instead, the Gateway executes the confgured behavour on bus/mans voltage return or after ETS programmng. Page 80 of 229

81 Presettng a manual control dsable The manual control mode can be separately dsabled va the bus, even f t s already actve. If the dsablng functon s enabled, then as soon as a dsablng telegram s receved va the dsablng object, the Gateway mmedately termnates an actvated manual operaton and locks the functon keys on the front panel of the devce. The telegram polarty of the dsablng object s parametersable. The manual control mode durng bus operaton must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Dsablng functon manual control?" on parameter page "Manual control" to "yes". The dsablng functon of the manual control mode s enabled and the dsablng object s vsble. o Select the desred telegram polarty n the "Polarty of the manual operaton dsablng object" parameter. In the polarty "1 = enabled / 0 = dsabled", the dsablng functon s mmedately actve on return of bus/mans voltage or after an ETS programmng operaton (object value = "0"). To actvate the manual control n ths case, an enable telegram "1" must frst be sent to the dsablng object. In case of bus voltage falure, dsablng va the dsablng object s always nactve (dependng on parameterzaton, the manual control s then ether enabled or completely dsabled). After return of bus voltage, a dsabled state that was actve beforehand s always nactve when the polarty of the dsablng object s non-nverted. In the event of falure of the supply voltage (mans voltage falure), dsablng s deactvated va the dsablng object. When an actve manual control s termnated by a dsable, the actuator wll also transmt a "Manual control nactve" status telegram to the bus, f the status messagng functon s enabled. The "Automatc devce replacement" functon s not nfluenced by the dsablng functon of the manual operaton. Presettng the status message functon for the manual control mode The DALI Gateway can transmt a status message to the bus va a separate object when the manual operaton s actvated or deactvated. The status telegram can only be transmtted when the bus voltage s swtched on. The polarty of the status telegram can be parametersed. The manual control mode durng bus operaton must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Status manual control?" on parameter page "Manual control" to "yes". The status messagng functon of manual control s enabled and the status object s vsble. o Specfy n the parameter "Status object functon and polarty" whether the status telegram s generally a "1" telegram whenever the manual control mode s actvated or only n those cases where the permanent manual mode s actvated. The status object s always "0" when the manual control mode s deactvated. The status s only transmtted actvely to the bus ("0") after return of bus voltage when an actvated manual control s ended by the bus return durng the bus voltage falure. The status telegram s n ths case transmtted wthout delay. When actve manual control s termnated by a dsable, the actuator wll also transmt a "Manual control nactve" status telegram to the bus. Settng dsablng of the bus control Indvdual DALI groups and sngle devces can be dsabled locally so that the dsabled DALI operatng devces can no longer be controlled va the KNX. Such dsablng of the bus operaton Page 81 of 229

82 s ntated by local operaton n permanent manual operaton and s ndcated by flashng of the group or sngle devce number n the 7-segment dsplay. The dsabled groups and sngle devces can then only be actvated n permanent manual operaton. The manual control mode durng bus operaton must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Bus control of ndvdual groups or sngle devces can be dsabled?" on parameter page "Manual control" to "yes". The functon for dsablng the bus control s enabled and can be actvated locally. Alternatvely, ths parameter can be set to "no" to prevent dsablng of the bus control from beng actvated n permanent manual operaton. The dsablng ntated locally has the hghest prorty. Thus, all other functons of the Gateway that can be actvated va the bus (e.g. emergency operaton, forced poston or dsablng functon) are overrdden. Dependng on the confguraton of the Gateway n the ETS, the groups and sngle devces wll be set to the state last adjusted n manual operaton or to the state nternally tracked (drect operaton, emergency operaton, forced poston, dsablng) when permanent manual operaton s dsabled and subsequently swtched off. Any dsablng of the bus control actvated locally s not reset n case of bus voltage falure or return. A falure of the supply voltage (mans voltage falure) or an ETS programmng operaton always deactvates dsablng of the bus control. DALI devce replacement After startng the automatc devce replacement, the DALI Gateway s able to check the completeness of the prevously operated DALI operatng devces. If, for example, a defectve DALI electronc ballast was removed by an nstallaton engneer and replaced by a new one, the DALI Gateway s able to program the new electronc ballast wth the programmng data of the faled electronc ballast. Ths makes t possble to replace a faled DALI operatng devce by a smple operaton on the devce and wthout any confguraton work n the ETS. Actvaton of the automatc devce replacement and the steps necessary to perform the replacement operaton are descrbed n detal n the "Commssonng" chapter of ths documentaton (see page 13). The secton below documents the ETS confguraton of ths functon. Settng enablng for DALI devce replacement In the ETS confguraton, t s possble to specfy whether or not an automatc devce replacement can be executed through local control on the DALI Gateway. o Set the parameter "Enable DALI devce replacement through manual operaton?" on the parameter page "General" to "yes". Automatc DALI devce replacement can be ntated and executed through local control on the DALI Gateway. o Set the parameter "Enable DALI devce replacement through manual operaton?" to "no". Automatc DALI devce replacement s not possble. The operatng functon s dsabled locally. Durng automatc devce replacement, all the other functons of the DALI Gateway are stopped. Durng devce replacement, the Gateway tracks all the receved bus states and evaluates the most recently tracked values (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value, scenes, effects, central functon, emergency operaton, forced poston, dsablng functon) normally at the end of automatc devce replacement. Actve emergency operaton or an actve forced poston or dsablng functon s nterrupted by devce replacement and reactvated at the end of the replacement operaton f the functons have not been deactvated n the meantme. The behavour as at the begnnng of the forced poston or dsablng functon s not executed agan. Page 82 of 229

83 Automatc devce replacement can also be executed when manual operaton s dsabled. Page 83 of 229

84 Central functon Central functon The Gateway offers the possblty of lnkng selected ndvdual or all groups and sngle devces wth a 1-bt central communcaton object. The behavour n case of actvaton va the central functon s comparable to a central group address lnked wth all "Swtchng" objects. The groups and sngle devces assgned to the central functon are actvated n accordance wth the central object value receved. The polarty of the central telegram can be confgured as nverted. The behavour of the groups and devces s dentcal to the normal control va the "Swtch" objects (same prorty last swtchng command s executed ). Thus, all downstream functons, such as tmng/supplementary functons, are also taken nto account. Enablng the central functon o Enable the central functon on parameter page "General" by settng the "Central functon?" to "Yes". If a functon s actve, the "Central functon for groups and devces" communcaton object s vsble. Assgnng groups and sngle devces to the central functon Each DALI group and each planned sngle devce can be assgned to the central functon ndependently. The central functon must have been enabled on parameter page "General". Otherwse, no assgnment s possble. o Set the Parameter "Assgnment to central functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group name - Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Devce name Swtchng" to "yes". The group or the sngle devce s assgned to the central functon. The assgned DALI operatng devces can be swtched on or off centrally. The swtchng state set by the central functon s tracked n the feedback objects and also transmtted to the bus, f these are actvely transmttng. The swtchng state set by a central functon s not tracked n the "swtchng" objects. After a bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, the central functon s always nactve (object value "0"). Page 84 of 229

85 Descrpton of group and devce functons Defnton of the brghtness range Settable brghtness range The settable brghtness range of a DALI group or a sngle devce can be lmted by defnng a lower and upper brghtness value. The parameters "Mnmum brghtness" and "Maxmum brghtness" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups -> [x] Group name" (x = Group number 1 32) or "Addressng -> Sngle devces -> [x] Devce name" (x = Short address ) specfy the brghtness values, whch may not be undershot or exceeded when the Gateway s n a swtched-on operatng state (Fgure 36). In ths way, the brghtness of the controlled lamps of the DALI operatng devces can be adapted ndvdually even to the brghtness senstvty of the human eye. The confgured mnmum brghtness can be undershot only by swtchng off. Furthermore, the brghtness value, whch s set whenever swtchng on va the "Swtchng" or the "Central functon swtchng" object on the DALI operatng devces, can be predefned. The parameter "Swtch-on brghtness" defnes ths brghtness separately for each group and each sngle devce. The settable value s anywhere between the mnmum and maxmum. Fgure 34: Example of a brghtness range wth swtch-on brghtness Settng the mnmum brghtness The mnmum brghtness can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the "Mnmum brghtness" parameter n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast" to the requred brghtness value. The set brghtness s not undershot n any swtched-on operatng state. The upper lmt of the settable value selecton s lmted by the confgured maxmum brghtness (mnmum brghtness < maxmum brghtness). Durng edtng of the mnmum brghtness, the ETS plug-n checks all the confgured brghtness values of the group or the sngle devce (e.g. swtch-on brghtness, scene values) to determne whether the values undershoot the mnmum brghtness. If ths s the case, the plug-n wll sgnal a value conflct and offer the followng selecton... - the brghtness values can be adjusted to the mnmum brghtness, or - the mnmum brghtness settng s reset to ts orgnal value. If values are receved by the brghtness value object and are less than the confgured mnmum brghtness, then the Gateway wll set the mnmum brghtness as the new brghtness value for the group or sngle devce concerned. Page 85 of 229

86 Settng the maxmum brghtness The maxmum brghtness can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the "Maxmum brghtness" parameter n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast" to the requred brghtness value. The set brghtness s not undershot n any swtched-on operatng state. The lower lmt of the selecton of the value settable s lmted by the confgured mnmum brghtness (mnmum brghtness < maxmum brghtness). Durng edtng of the maxmum brghtness, the ETS plug-n checks all the confgured brghtness values of the group or the sngle devce (e.g. swtch-on brghtness, scene values), to see f the values exceed the maxmum brghtness. If ths s the case, the plug-n wll sgnal a value conflct and offer the followng selecton... - the brghtness values can be adjusted to the maxmum brghtness, or - the maxmum brghtness settng s reset to ts orgnal value. If values are receved by the brghtness value object and are greater than the confgured maxmum brghtness, then the Gateway wll set the maxmum brghtness as the new brghtness value for the group or sngle devce concerned. Settng the swtch-on brghtness The swtch-on brghtness can be set separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. o Set the "Swtch-on brghtness" parameter n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast" to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The set brghtness s set after recept of an ON telegram va the "Swtchng" communcaton object or after recept of a central telegram wth the polarty "Actvated" by the assgned operatng devces. o Set the parameter "Swtch-on brghtness" to "Memory value (brghtness before swtchng off last tme)". On swtch-on, the actve and nternally-saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness after a bus or mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton. In the "Brghtness value" settng: The selecton of the settable value s lmted to the confgured mnmum brghtness at the lower lmt and by the confgured maxmum brghtness at the upper lmt. A memory value s also then saved nternally by a swtch-off telegram f the bus-controlled swtch-off s overrdden, for example, by a dsable or forced poston functon or by a manual operaton. In ths case, the nternally tracked brghtness value s saved as memory value. If no soft ON functon s actvated, the brghtness value s more or less jumped to when swtchng on (usng mnmum DALI fadng of 0.7 seconds). Once a soft ON functon s actvated, the swtch-on brghtness s dmmed accordng to the dmmng speed for the soft ON functon. Page 86 of 229

87 Response after a devce reset Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The swtchng states or brghtness values of the DALI groups or sngle devces after a bus voltage falure, bus or mans voltage return or after ETS programmng can be preset separately. Presettng the behavour after ETS programmng The parameter "Behavour after ETS programmng operaton" s avalable separately for each group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". Ths parameter can be used to confgure the brghtness behavour, rrespectve of the behavour after a bus or mans voltage return. o Set the parameter to "No change". After an ETS programmng operaton, the assgned DALI operatng devces show no response and reman n the currently set brghtness value or are swtched off. o Set the parameter to "swtch off". The DALI operatng devces are swtched off by the ETS after a programmng operaton. o Set the parameter to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The DALI operatng devces are set to the predefned brghtness value n the selecton box next to the parameter. The selecton of the settable value s lmted by the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. The confgured behavour wll be executed after every applcaton or parameter download by the ETS. A smple download of the physcal address alone or partal programmng of only the group addresses has the effect that ths parameter s dsregarded and that the confgured "Behavour after bus voltage return" wll be executed nstead. An ETS programmng operaton can only be executed f the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway s swtched on. In the "No change" settng: The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after a programmng operaton. In ths case, the swtchng status or brghtness value feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce have been controlled at least once va the bus or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. An actve manual mode wll be termnated by an ETS programmng operaton. After an ETS programmng operaton, the dsablng functons and the forced-postons are always deactvated. After an ETS programmng operaton, the DALI Gateway ntalses tself and confgures the connected operatng devces wth the confguraton data va the DALI cable. For ths reason, the entre DALI system must be connected and fully swtched-on after an ETS programmng operaton. If, n ths stuaton, there s an error on the DALI cable (e.g. shortcrcut, cable break), then the DALI confguraton cannot be executed. The error must then be elmnated and ETS programmng restarted. Durng the confguraton operaton, "- -" s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce. If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved durng Gateway ntalsaton, then the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command and not the confgured behavour after an ETS programmng operaton. Settng the behavour n case of bus voltage falure The parameter "Behavour on bus voltage falure" s avalable separately for each group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". o Set the parameter to "No change". Page 87 of 229

88 o o If there s a bus voltage falure, the assgned DALI operatng devces show no response and reman n the currently set brghtness value or are swtched off. Set the parameter to "swtch off". The DALI operatng devces are swtched off when there s a bus voltage falure. Set the parameter to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The DALI operatng devces are set to the predefned brghtness value n the selecton box next to the parameter. The selecton of the settable value s lmted by the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. If there s a voltage falure on the DALI cable (e.g. due to short-crcut, cable break, mans voltage falure on on DALI Gateway), then the assgned DALI operatng devces wll also show the confgured behavour when the bus voltage fals. Ths s guaranteed because the parameter settng n the DALI operatng devces s appled as the "System Falure Level" after an ETS programmng operaton. Excepton: Optonally, the System Falure Level can - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage return - be set on centrally-suppled emergency lghts to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. In these cases, t s not the confguraton for the "Behavour on bus voltage falure" whch s appled as the System Falure Level, but the brghtness defned for emergency operaton (see page ). In the event of a bus falure or mans voltage falure, the current states of the forced postons are also saved so that they can be tracked n the event of bus or mans voltage return f necessary (dependng on the confguraton of the forced postons). Actve dsablng functons or forced poston functons are always cancelled by a bus voltage falure and are subsequently nactve n the connecton. Settng the behavour after bus voltage return The parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" s avalable separately for each group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". The parameter also defnes the behavour of the DALI Gateway after mans voltage return. o Set the parameter to "No change". After bus/mans voltage return, the assgned DALI operatng devces show no response and reman n the currently set brghtness value or are swtched off. o Set the parameter to "swtch off". The DALI operatng devces are swtched off after bus/mans voltage return. o Set parameter to "brghtness value before bus voltage falure". After bus/mans voltage return, the brghtness value set most recently before the bus/mans voltage falure and saved nternally on bus/mans voltage falure wll be tracked. o Set the parameter to "Brghtness value". In the selecton box, confgure the necessary brghtness value. The DALI operatng devces are set to the predefned brghtness value n the selecton box next to the parameter. The selecton of the settable value s lmted by the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. o Set the parameter to "Start starcase functon". The starcase functon s rrespectve of the "Swtchng" object - actvated after bus/mans voltage return. After mans voltage return, the DALI Gateway ntalses tself brefly. Durng ntalsaton, "- -" s dsplayed n the 7-segment dsplay on the front panel of the devce. Page 88 of 229

89 The "Start starcase functon" settng s only avalable when the starcase functon s enabled for the affected group or the affected sngle devce. If ths settng was selected and the starcase functon was deactvated later, the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" automatcally sets tself to the "No change" settng. Settng "brghtness value as before bus/mans voltage falure": An ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton or the parameter resets the nternally-stored swtchng state to "OFF - 0". In the "No change" settng: The communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0" after bus/mans voltage return. In ths case, the swtchng status or brghtness value feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce have been controlled at least once va the bus or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. If mans voltage s only swtched on the connected DALI operatng devces (e.g. supply from an external mans conductor), the operatng devces set themselves to the brghtness specfed n ther "Power on level". After an ETS programmng operaton, ths value s programmed nto the operatng devces by the DALI Gateway and corresponds to the settng of the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return". In the settngs "Brghtness value before bus voltage falure" and "Start starcase functon", the command "No change" s programmed nto the operatng devces as the power-on-level. If the mans voltage of the DALI Gateway s swtched on, the devce only executes the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" after ntalsaton. It may occur that the DALI operatng devces react more quckly after bus voltage return and set themselves to the power-on level before the Gateway can transmt ndvdual commands on the DALI cable. Ths may result n short brghtness jumps. If KNX telegrams for groups or sngle devces are receved durng Gateway ntalsaton, the devce wll perform the most recently specfed command and not the confgured behavour after bus voltage return. When usng standby swtch-off and the delay untl start-up of the DALI devces, ensure that the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" s confgured as "Swtch off". Ths means that the affected devces do not swtch-on drectly when the mans voltage returns but only after they have receved an approprate DALI command from the Gateway va the DALI cable. In the case of forced poston as supplementary functon: The communcaton object of the forced poston can be ntalsed separately after bus voltage return. Ths has an effect on the reacton of the group or the sngle devce when the forced poston s actvated. The confgured "Behavour on bus voltage return" s only executed when no forced poston after a bus voltage return s actvated. Wth dsablng functon as supplementary functon: Actve dsablng functons are always nactve after bus or mans voltage return. A swtchng state and brghtness value set after bus/mans voltage return s tracked n the feedback objects. Manual control s possble only whle the actuator s suppled wth power from the mans. Manual operaton ends n case of bus voltage falure, bus voltage return or mans voltage falure. Manual operaton n broadcast mode (unprogrammed DALI Gateway) cannot be termnated by a bus voltage falure/bus voltage return. Page 89 of 229

90 Supplementary functon Supplementary functon Supplementary functons can be enabled for each DALI group and each sngle devce. As a supplementary functon, a dsablng or alternatvely a forced poston functon can be confgured. In ths respect, only one of these functons can be enabled for each group or sngle devce. The supplementary functons are enabled and confgured n the parameter node "Groups - [x] Group name" (x = Group number ) or "Addressng -> Sngle devce -> [x] Devce name" (x = Short address ). Settng dsablng functon as supplementary functon Durng an actve dsablng functon, the KNX operaton of the groups or sngle devces s overrdden and locked. Contnuous lght swtchng, for example, can also be overrdden. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast", set the parameter "Type of supplementary functons" to "Dsablng functon". The dsablng functon s enabled. The communcaton object "Dsablng functon" and the parameters of the dsablng functon become vsble. o Set the parameter "Polarty dsablng object" to the desred polarty. o Set the parameter "Behavour at the begnnng of the dsablng functon" to the requred behavour. At the begnnng of the dsablng functon, the confgured behavour wll be executed and the bus control of the group or sngle devce locked. In the "No change" settng, the operatng devces of the dsabled group or the sngle devce do not show any reacton. The devces reman n the most recently set brghtness state. In the "Flashng" settng, the affected devces are swtched on and off cyclcally durng dsablng. The "Flashng tme" s generally confgured n the parameter node "General". Durng flashng, the logcal swtchng state s fed back as "Swtched on 1" and the brghtness value as "Swtch-on brghtness". A soft ON/OFF functon s not executed durng flashng. In the "Memory value" settng, the actve and nternally saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a bus/mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton, the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group name" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Devce name", set the parameter "Behavour at the end of the dsablng functon" to the requred behavour. At the end of the dsablng functon, the confgured behavour wll be executed and the bus control of the group or the sngle devce enabled agan. In the "No change" settng, the operatng devces of the dsabled group or the sngle devce do not show any reacton. The devces reman n the state most recently set by the dsablng functon. In "tracked brghtness value", the set state receved durng the dsablng functon or adjusted before the dsablng functon can be tracked at the end of the dsablng wth the approprate brghtness. Any tme functons stll n progress wll also be taken nto account f necessary. In the "flashng" settng, the affected devces are swtched on and off cyclcally after the dsablng. The flashng tme s generally confgured n the parameter node "General". Durng flashng, the logcal swtchng state s fed back as "Swtched on 1" and the brghtness value as "Swtch-on brghtness". A soft ON/OFF functon s not executed durng flashng. The flashng status remans actve untl another bus command s receved or manual operaton specfes another brghtness value. In the "Memory value" settng, the actve and nternally saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a bus/mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton, the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness. Page 90 of 229

91 After a bus falure or mans voltage falure or programmng the applcaton or the parameters wth the ETS, the dsablng functon s always deactvated (object value "0"). Wth the nverted settng ("1 = enabled / 0 = dsabled"), a telegram update "0" must frst be carred out after the ntalsaton untl the dsablng s actvated. Updates of the dsablng object from "actvated" to "deactvated do not produce any reacton on the DALI operatng devces. A group or sngle devce that has been dsabled va KNX can stll be operated n manual operaton thereafter! At the end of a manual operaton, the Gateway executes the dsablng reacton for the affected groups or devces once agan f dsablng s stll actvated at ths tme. In the settng "Tracked brghtness value": Durng a dsablng functon, the overrdden functons of the DALI Gateway (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value) contnue to be executed nternally. Consequently, newly receved bus telegrams are evaluated and tme functons are trggered as well. At the end of the dsablng, the tracked states are set. A scene or effect recall (low polarty) s not tracked. Settng forced poston functon as supplementary functon The forced poston functon can also be combned wth other functons of a group or sngle devce. Wth an actve forced poston, the upstream functons are overrdden so that the affected group or devce s locked. The forced poston functon possesses a separate 2-bt communcaton object. The frst bt (bt 0) of the object "Forced poston" ndcates whether swtch-off or swtch-on s forced. If the dmmng channel s swtched on by force, an ETS parameter defnes whch brghtness value t should be swtched on to. The second bt (bt 1) of the object actvates or deactvates the forced poston (Fgure 35). The behavour at the end of the forced poston functon can be confgured. In addton, the forced object can be ntalsed on bus or mans voltage return. Fgure 35: Bt codng of forced poston o o o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast", set the parameter "Type of supplementary functons" to "Forced poston functon". The forced poston functon s enabled. The communcaton object "forced poston" and the parameter of the forced poston functon become vsble. Confgure the parameter "Brghtness for forced poston actve, ON" to the requred behavour that should be executed f a forced control s actvated va the communcaton object. In the "Brghtness value" settng, the DALI operatng devces set the brghtness set n the selecton box durng a forced poston. The selectable value s restrcted to the lmts of the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. In the "No change" settng, bus operaton s locked but the operatng devces show no response and reman n the most recently set brghtness state. In the "Memory value" settng, the actve and nternally saved brghtness value pror to swtchng off last tme s set (va the "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" object). Ths memory value s saved n the volatle memory, whch means that after a bus/mans voltage return or an ETS programmng operaton, the value s predefned to maxmum brghtness. Set the parameter "Behavour at the end of the forced poston" to the requred behavour. Page 91 of 229

92 o At the end of the forced poston, the confgured behavour wll be executed. Bus operaton s enabled agan. In the "No change" settng, the operatng devces show no response and reman n the brghtness state last selected by the forced poston. In "tracked brghtness value", the state receved durng the forced poston functon or the brghtness value adjusted before the functon can be tracked at the end of the forced poston. Any tme functons stll n progress wll also be taken nto account f necessary. Updates of the forced poston object from "forced poston actve" to "forced poston actve" whle mantanng the swtchng status or from "forced poston nactve" to "forced poston nactve" show no reacton. A group or sngle devce that has been dsabled va KNX can stll be operated n manual operaton thereafter! At the end of a manual operaton, the Gateway executes the forced reacton for the affected groups or devces once agan f the forced poston s stll actvated at ths tme. In the settng "tracked brghtness value" at the end of the forced poston: Durng a forced poston, the overrdden functons of the DALI Gateway (swtchng, dmmng, brghtness value) contnue to be executed nternally. Consequently, newly receved bus telegrams are evaluated and tme functons are trggered as well. At the forced end, the tracked states are set. A scene or effect recall (low polarty) s not tracked. The current state of the object of the forced poston functon wll be stored n case of bus or mans voltage falure. Set the parameter "behavour after bus voltage return" to the requred behavour. After bus or mans voltage return, the confgured state s transferred to the "Forced poston" communcaton object. When a forced poston s actvated, the DALI group or the sngle devce s mmedately actvated and nterlocked accordngly by forced control after bus/mans voltage return untl a forced control takes place va the bus. In ths case, the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" wll not be evaluated. In the "State before bus voltage falure" settng, after bus or mans voltage return, the last exstng and nternally forced poston state that was stored before the bus or mans voltage falure wll be tracked. An ETS programmng operaton deletes the stored state (reacton n that case same as wth "no forced poston actve"). If the tracked state corresponds to "No forced poston actve", the force-ndependent parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" wll be executed on return of bus voltage. If forced poston s actvated, the DALI operatng devces are swtched on to the brghtness value predefned by the parameter "Swtch-on brghtness for forced poston, ON". After programmng the applcaton or parameters wth the ETS, the forced poston functon s always deactvated (object value "0"). Page 92 of 229

93 Feedback functons Feedback for swtchng status and brghtness value The DALI Gateway can track the current swtchng state and brghtness value of a DALI group or sngle devce va separate feedback objects and can also transmt them to the bus, f the bus voltage s on. The followng feedback objects can be enabled ndependently of each other for each DALI group and each confgured sngle devce... - Feedback swtchng status (1-bt), - Feedback brghtness value (1-byte). The Gateway calculates the object value of the feedback objects durng each swtchng or dmmng operaton. The Gateway tracks the swtchng state or brghtness value and updates the feedback objects, even when a group or sngle devce s actvated by the manual operaton or scene functon or by usng effects. The swtchng status feedback object s updated after the followng events... - Immedately after swtch-on, (f necessary, frst after a swtch-on delay has elapsed and at the begnnng of a soft ON dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - after swtch-off, (f necessary, frst after a run-on-tme has elapsed and at the end of a soft OFF dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - mmedately after swtchng off by means of the automatc swtch-off functon, - At the begnnng of a dmmng operaton when dmmng on (relatvely hgh dmmng or brghtness value = %), - At the end of a dmmng operaton when dmmng off (brghtness value = 0 %), - If the swtchng state changes n normal operaton (therefore not for dmmng procedures that do not change the swtchng state e.g. from 10 % to 50 % brghtness), - At the start or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon (f the swtchng state changes as a result), - On scene recall or effect run-through (always when the swtchng state changes as a result), - On bus/mans voltage return or at the end of an ETS programmng operaton (possbly also delayed / excepton: "No change"). The brghtness value feedback object s updated after the followng events... - At the end of a relatve (4-bt) or absolute (1-byte) dmmng procedure, - After swtch-on, f the swtch-on brghtness s set (f necessary, frst after a swtch-on delay has elapsed and at the end of a soft ON dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - after swtch-off, (f necessary, frst after a run-on-tme has elapsed and at the end of a soft OFF dmmng procedure / also after a starcase functon), - mmedately after swtchng off by means of the automatc swtch-off functon, - f, n normal operaton, the brghtness value changes (f a brghtness value specfcaton exceeds/undershoots the maxmum/mnmum brghtness as a result of relatve or absolute dmmng from outsde or exceeds the maxmum brghtness, the Gateway updates brghtness value feedback accordng to the maxmum brghtness or mnmum brghtness), - at the start or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon (f the brghtness value changes as a result), - on scene recall or effect run-through (f the brghtness value changes as a result), - always on bus/mans voltage return or at the end of an ETS programmng operaton (possbly also delayed / excepton: "No change"). In the case of enablng functon as supplementary functon: A flashng DALI group or sngle devce s always sgnalled back as "swtched on" and wth swtch-on brghtness. Swtchng status feedbacks are also transmtted for dsabled groups or devces when the outputs are readjusted by a manual operaton, for example. Page 93 of 229

94 The dmmng characterstc s logarthmc, as s usual n a DALI system. In ths way, the brghtness behavour of the DALI lamp s adapted to the brghtness senstvty of the human eye durng dmmng. When values are specfed, the DALI Gateway automatcally converts the standard KNX lnear dmmng curve (0 / 0 % 255 / 100 %) to a logarthmc one. Value feedback to the KNX s also adjusted through converson. On account of the nternal calculaton process, there may be slght devatons between the specfed and fed back brghtness value (e.g. specfcaton = 50 % -> Feedback = 49 %). Actvate swtchng status feedback The swtchng status feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the swtchng status feedback s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Feedback swtchng status?" s avalable separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtchng". o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s actve sgnallng object". The "Swtchng status feedback" object s enabled. The swtchng status s transmtted once the status s updated. An automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS (excepton: "No change"). o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s passve status object". The "Swtchng status feedback" object s enabled. The swtchng status wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out from by the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Presettng update of the swtchng status feedback In the ETS you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the swtchng status n case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng the object value for swtchng status feedback" s created separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtchng". The swtchng status feedback must be confgured to actvely transmttng. o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback value n the object once a new telegram s receved on the nput objects "Swtchng" or "Central swtchng". Wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, a correspondng swtchng status feedback s also generated on the "Swtchng" object such as n the case of cyclcal telegrams for example. In addton, feedback s transmtted at the begnnng or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon, and also durng an effect run-through, even f the feedback state does not change. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". Page 94 of 229

95 The Gateway only updates the feedback value n the object f the telegram value (e.g. "OFF" to "ON") also changes. If the telegram value of the feedback does not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "Swtchng" object wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Ths settng s recommendable, for nstance, f the "Swtchng" and "Swtchng feedback" objects are lnked to an dentcal group address. Ths s often the case when actvatng by means of lght scene push-button sensors (recall and storage functon). Settng the swtchng status feedback on bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS If used as an actve message object, the swtchng status feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all DALI groups together (cf. "Delay after bus/mans voltage return"). o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast > Swtchng" to "yes". The swtchng status feedback s transmtted after a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f the swtchng state changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The swtchng status feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. The behavour of a group or a sngle devce after bus voltage return and after an ETS programmng operaton can be confgured n the ETS and set to "No change". In ths case, the communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0". In ths case, the swtchng status feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce has been controlled at least once va the bus or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. Presettng the cyclcal transmsson functon for the swtchng status feedback telegram The swtchng status feedback telegram can also be transmtted cyclcally va the actve message object n addton to the transmsson after updatng. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtchng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast > Swtchng" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated so that the feedback telegram s only transmtted when a swtchng status s updated. The cycle tme s defned centrally for all DALI groups and sngle devces n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". Durng an actve delay, no feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a swtchng state changes. Page 95 of 229

96 Actvate brghtness value feedback The brghtness value feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the brghtness value feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. The parameter "Feedback brghtness value?" s avalable separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng". o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s actve sgnallng object". The "brghtness value feedback" object s enabled. The brghtness value s transmtted once ths s updated. An automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus/mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS (excepton: "No change"). o Set the parameter to "yes, feedback object s passve status object". The "brghtness value feedback" object s enabled. The brghtness value wll be transmtted n response only f the feedback object s read out from by the bus. No automatc telegram transmsson of the feedback takes place after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. Presettng update of the brghtness value feedback In the ETS, you can specfy when the Gateway should update the feedback value for the brghtness value n case of an actvely transmttng communcaton object. The object value updated by the Gateway s then sgnalled actvely to the bus. The parameter "Updatng the object value for brghtness value feedback" s created separately for each DALI group or each sngle devce n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng". The brghtness value feedback must be confgured to actvely transmttng. o Set the parameter to "After each update of the nputs". The Gateway updates the feedback value n the object once a new telegram s receved on the nput object "brghtness feedback". Wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, a new telegram s also then actvely transmtted to the bus each tme. The telegram value of the feedback does not necessarly have to change n the process. Hence, a correspondng brghtness value feedback s also generated on the "brghtness value feedback" object such as n the case of cyclcal telegrams for example. In addton, feedback s transmtted at the begnnng or end of a dsablng or forced poston functon, and also durng an effect run-through, even f the feedback value does not change. o Set the parameter to "Only f the feedback value changes". The Gateway only updates the feedback value n the object f the telegram value (e.g. "0 %" to "100 %") also changes. If the telegram value of the feedback does not change (e.g. n the case of cyclcal telegrams to the "brghtness value" object wth the same telegram value), the feedback then remans unchanged. Consequently, wth an actvely transmttng feedback object, no telegram wth the same content wll be transmtted repeatedly ether. Ths settng s recommendable, for nstance, f the "brghtness value" and "brghtness value feedback" objects are lnked to an dentcal group address. Ths s often the case when actvatng by means of lght scene push-button sensors (recall and storage functon). Settng the brghtness value feedback on bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS If used as an actve message object, the brghtness value feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. In these cases, the Page 96 of 229

97 feedback telegram can be delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all DALI groups together (cf. "Delay after bus/mans voltage return"). o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". The brghtness value feedback s transmtted after a delay after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. No feedback telegram s transmtted durng a runnng delay, even f the brghtness value changes durng ths delay. o Set the parameter "Tme delay for feedback telegram after bus voltage return" to "no". The brghtness value feedback s transmtted mmedately after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS. The behavour of a group or a sngle devce after bus voltage return and after an ETS programmng operaton can be confgured n the ETS and set to "No change". In ths case, the communcaton objects of the Gateway are ntalsed wth "0". In ths case, the brghtness value feedback only corresponds to the 'true' brghtness state when the group or the sngle devce has been controlled at least once va the bus or by manual operaton. In ths settng, feedback objects set as actvely transmttng do not transmt a telegram. Presettng the cyclcal transmsson functon for the brghtness value feedback telegram The brghtness value feedback telegram can also be transmtted cyclcally va the actve message object n addton to the transmsson after updatng. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". Cyclcal transmsson s actvated. o Set the parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram" to "no". Cyclcal transmsson s deactvated so that the feedback telegram s only transmtted to the bus when the brghtness value s updated. The cycle tme s defned centrally for all DALI groups and sngle devces n the parameter node "General -> Status and feedback". Durng an actve delay, no feedback telegram wll be transmtted even f a brghtness value changes. Page 97 of 229

98 Dmmng characterstc and dmmng behavour Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Dmmng characterstc and dmmng speeds The brghtness of operatng devces of a DALI group or a confgured sngle devce can be changed by a dmmng operaton. The lmts of a brghtness range, settable usng a dmmng operaton, are defned by the maxmum and mnmum brghtness specfed n the ETS (Fgure 36). Fgure 36: Settable brghtness range when dmmng (example) A DALI group or sngle devce can be dmmed by... - relatve dmmng: Relatve dmmng can ether be trggered by the 4-bt "dmmng" communcaton object avalable for each group or sngle devce or by a long button-press of the manual operaton. The data format of the "dmmng" object comples - as s normal wth dmmng actuators - wth the KNX standard DPT 3.007, whch means that the dmmng drecton and relatve dmmng ncrements can be predefned n the dmmng telegram or dmmng procedures can also be stopped. In relatve dmmng by local manual operaton on the DALI Gateway, a dmmng procedure s executed whlst the approprate button s pressed. The dmmng process ends when the button s released or when the maxmum brghtness or mnmum brghtness s reached. In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng speed for relatve dmmng can be confgured separately for each group and each sngle devce. - absolute dmmng: Absolute dmmng s trggered by specfyng a brghtness value. Ths value can be predefned by the 1-byte "Brghtness value" communcaton object of the KNX, whch s avalable separately n each group or sngle devce. In addton, brghtness values can also be set by a dsablng or forced poston functon or by the effect functon. Absolute dmmng can also be actvated, even n case of bus voltage falure, after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, by specfyng brghtness values. When predefnng a brghtness value va the object, by a scene recall or by an effect step, t s possble to confgure (separately for each) n the ETS plug-n whether the value s jumped to drectly or alternatvely whether t s dmmed to usng a dmmng tme. In the case of all other absolute dmmng functons, the brghtness values are always nstantly jumped to. Even f brghtness values are nstantly jumped to, the dmmng procedure on DALI operatng devces always takes a very short tme as well as when swtchng wthout soft ON or soft OFF. Ths dmmng procedure s dependent on the system. The brghtness value jumped to wll be dmmed to wthn 0.7 seconds (short fadng). Ths tme cannot be altered. On the DALI Gateway, t s possble that the settng of a dmmng tme for relatve dmmng or absolute dmmng (wth dmmng to the brghtness values) can take place for the entre brghtness range of the system (Fgure 37). The tme entered n the ETS defnes the maxmum length for the logarthmc dmmng usual n the DALI system over the entre brghtness range of Page 98 of 229

99 0 % to 100 %. The dmmng step tmes can be derved from the confgured tmes. Examples: Confgured tme for relatve dmmng = 10 seconds / set brghtness value = 50 % -> relatve dmmng from 50 % to 100 % -> the dmmng operaton takes 5 seconds. Confgured tme for absolute dmmng = 20 seconds / set brghtness value = 25 % -> absolute dmmng from 25 % to 100 % -> the dmmng operaton takes 15 seconds. When the dmmng tmes are confgured, the dmmng tme s always defned for the entre brghtness range ( %). A mnmum or maxmum brghtness confgured n the ETS does not lmt the dmmng tmes, but only specfes the dmmable range. Fgure 37: Dmmng characterstc for relatve or absolute dmmng as an example wth mnmum brghtness and maxmum brghtness The dmmng characterstc s logarthmc, as s usual n a DALI system. In ths way, the brghtness behavour of the DALI lamp s adapted to the brghtness senstvty of the human eye durng dmmng. When values are specfed, the DALI Gateway automatcally converts the standard KNX lnear dmmng curve (0 / 0 % 255 / 100 %) to a logarthmc one. Value feedback to the KNX s also adjusted through converson. On account of the nternal calculaton process, there may be slght devatons between the specfed and fed back brghtness value (e.g. specfcaton = 50 % -> Feedback = 49 %). Settng dmmng tme for relatve dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng tme for relatve dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Tme for relatve dmmng ( %)" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to the requred dmmng tme. Page 99 of 229

100 Settng dmmng behavour for absolute dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng behavour for absolute dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce usng the "Brghtness value" object. o Set the parameter "Dmmng behavour on recept of a brghtness value" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "Dm to". Once a new brghtness value s receved, t s set by means of the calculated dmmng ncrement tme for absolute dmmng. o Set the parameter "Dmmng behavour after recept of a brghtness value" to "Jump to". As soon as a new brghtness value s receved t wll be nstantly jumped to. Brghtness values can also be set by a dsablng or forced poston functon. Absolute dmmng can also be actvated, even n case of bus voltage falure, after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, by specfyng brghtness values. In the case of these absolute dmmng functons, the brghtness values are always nstantly jumped to. Durng a scene or effect recall, the dmmng behavour can be confgured separately. Settng dmmng tme for absolute dmmng In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the dmmng tme for absolute dmmng can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce usng the "Brghtness value" object. The dmmng behavour must be confgured as "Dm to". o Set the parameter "Tme for absolute dmmng ( %)" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to the requred dmmng tme. Page 100 of 229

101 Automatc swtch-off Automatc swtch-off The swtch-off functon permts automatc swtchng of a DALI group or a sngle devce after a brghtness value was dmmed or jumped to and ths new brghtness value s below a swtch-off brghtness set n the ETS. A delay can be confgured optonally untl swtchng off (Fgure 38). The swtch-off functon s actvated after reachng a constant brghtness value,.e. after a completed dmmng procedure through absolute or relatve dmmng. A new dmmng operaton, whch ends below swtch-off brghtness starts, starts any tme delay whch may be present. In the same way, the swtch-off functon s nterrupted f the swtch-off brghtness s exceed durng a dmmng operaton. The automatc swtch-off functon, for example, not only makes t possble to set the lghtng to mnmum brghtness but to swtch off by means of relatve dmmng as well. A further applcaton, for example, s tme-controlled "Good nght swtch-off" of a dmmed chldren's room lghtng. Fgure 38: Dmmng and swtchng behavour of the automatc swtch-off functon Swtchng off always takes place wthout soft OFF functon,.e. jumpng. The swtch-off brghtness n the dmmable brghtness range can be set between the confgured maxmum and mnmum brghtness. Automatc swtch-off does not take place f "Swtch-off brghtness = Mnmum brghtness" s set, snce the swtch-off brghtness cannot be undershot. In the same way, the swtch-off functon s always actve f the swtch-off brghtness s confgured to maxmum brghtness and the maxmum brghtness s randomly undershot. The feedback objects for swtchng state and brghtness value are updated by the automatc swtch-off functon after swtchng off. The swtch-off functon can also be combned wth other functons of the DALI Gateway. It should be noted that the dsablng functon, the forced poston functon, the scene functon and the effect functon overrde the swtch-off functon. The automatc swtch-off can only be actvated by a dmmng procedure ntated va the 4-bt ("dmmng") or 1-byte ("brghtness value") communcaton object. If the swtch-off functon s overrdden, the DALI Gateway termnates the processng of the delay tme and the evaluaton of the swtch-off brghtness. Swtchng on (swtch-on brghtness) usng the communcaton object "Swtchng" does not actvate the swtch-off functon. Page 101 of 229

102 Enablng automatc swtch-off functon In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the automatc swtch-off functon can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Automatc swtch-off when undershootng a brghtness?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". The automatc swtch-off functon s enabled. Addtonal parameters become vsble. Settng the swtch-off brghtness The swtch-off brghtness must be defned for the swtch-off functon. The swtch-off functon s set separately for each DALI devce and each sngle devce. The swtch-off functon must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Swtch-off when brghtness value less than" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to the requred brghtness value. Once a dmmng procedure causes a value to fall below the parameterzed shutoff brghtness and once the brghtness has been set to constant, the DALI group or the sngle devce swtches off or alternatvely starts the delay untl swtchng off. The parameter selecton s restrcted to the lmts of the mnmum and maxmum brghtness. Settng the delay of the swtch-off functon A tme delay can be actvated before the swtch-off functon swtches-off automatcally after undershootng the swtch-off brghtness at the end of a dmmng procedure. The tme delay can optonally be enabled separately for each DALI group and each sngle devce. The swtch-off functon must be enabled. o Set the parameter "Delay untl swtchng off?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Dmmng" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Dmmng" to "yes". Confgure the parameter "Delay untl swtchng off" to the requred tme. Once a dmmng procedure causes a value to fall below the parameterzed shutoff brghtness and once the brghtness has been set to constant, the DALI Gateway trggers the delay tme. The DALI Group or the sngle devce concerned swtches off for good once the delay tme has elapsed. The delay tme can be re-trggered by further dmmng procedures. Page 102 of 229

103 Swtch-on and swtch-off behavour Tme delays Up to two tme functons can be preset ndependently of each other for each DALI group and each sngle devce. The tme functons affect the communcaton objects "Swtchng" or "Central functon swtchng" only (f the central functon s actvated for the group or the sngle devce) and delay the object value receved dependng on the telegram polarty. Actvatng swtch-on delay The swtch-on delay can be set separately n the plug-n of the DALI Gateway for each group and each sngle devce. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtch-on/Swtchoff behavour", set the parameter "Selecton of tme delay" to "Swtch-on delay" or to "swtch-on delay and swtch-off delay". Confgure the desred swtch-on delay. The swtch-on delay s enabled. After recepton of an ON telegram va the "swtchng" object, the confgurable tme s started. Another ON-telegram trggers the tme only when the parameter "Swtch-on delay retrggerable " s set to "yes". An OFF-telegram receved durng the ON-delay wll end the delay and sets the swtchng status to "OFF". Actvatng swtch-off delay The swtch-off delay can be set separately n the plug-n of the DALI Gateway for each group and each sngle devce. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] Electronc ballast -> Swtch-on/Swtchoff behavour", set the parameter "selecton of tme delay" to "swtch-off delay" or to "swtchon delay and swtch-off delay". Confgure the desred swtch-off delay. The swtch-off delay s enabled. After recepton of an OFF-telegram va the "swtchng" object, the confgurable tme s started. Another OFF-telegram trggers the tme only when the parameter "swtch-off delay retrggerable?" s set to "yes". An ON-telegram receved durng the OFF-delay wll end the delay and sets the swtchng status to "ON". Feedback: If a tme delay has been preset and f the swtchng state s changed va the "Swtchng" object, the tme delay must have elapsed before feedback telegrams wll be transmtted. At the end of a dsablng functon or forced poston functon, the brghtness state receved durng the functon or adjusted before the functon can be tracked. Resdual tmes of tme functons are also tracked f these had not yet fully elapsed at the tme of the reactvaton or forced control. The tme delays do not nfluence the starcase functon f ths s enabled. A tme delay stll n progress wll be fully aborted by a reset of the actuator (bus/ mans voltage falure or ETS programmng). Soft ON/OFF functon The soft-functons permt a DALI group or a sngle devce to be swtched on or off at reduced speed when a swtchng command s receved va the "Swtchng" or "Central swtchng functon" communcaton objects. If the soft ON functon s actvated, a dmmng procedure s executed untl the swtch-on brghtness when swtchng on. Ths also occurs f the DALI group of the sngle devce s already swtched on to a brghtness value smaller than swtch-on brghtness. Page 103 of 229

104 Lkewse, wth the soft OFF functon, a dmmng procedure s executed to 0 % brghtness after recept of an OFF telegram (Fgure 39). The dmmng speeds can be confgured separately n the ETS plug-n for the soft ON and soft OFF functon. Just as wth relatve or absolute dmmng, the dmmng tme s specfed for the entre brghtness range, and thus for a brghtness change from 0 % to 100 %. The DALI Gateway uses the stated dmmng tme to calculate the dmmng speed for a dmmng step of the soft functons. The soft ON or soft OFF functons are not retrggerable by the recept of further swtchng telegrams whle mantanng the swtchng status. The soft functons can be actvated and confgured separately n the ETS plug-n. Fgure 39: Dmmng behavour of the soft ON/OFF functons wth mnmum brghtness > 0% The dmmng operaton of a Soft ON functon starts at the mnmum brghtness confgured n the ETS plug-n. If a DALI group or a sngle devce s swtched off (brghtness value = 0 %) and s then swtched on, the operatng devces jump to the confgured mnmum brghtness and start wth the Soft ON dmmng operaton to the swtch-on brghtness. The soft functons also have effects on the swtchng edges of the starcase functon. A DALI group or ndvdual dsabled va the bus can also flash dependng on the ETS confguraton for the dsablng functon. Dmmng s not executed wth the soft functons durng ON and OFF flashng. Enablng and settng soft ON functon In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the Soft ON functon can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Soft ON functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] - >Swtch-on/swtch-off behavour" to "yes". The soft ON functon s enabled. The parameter for the dmmng tme of the soft ON functon becomes vsble. Page 104 of 229

105 o Confgure the parameter "Tme for soft ON ( %)" to the requred dmmng tme. Enablng and settng soft OFF functon In the plug-n of the DALI Gateway, the Soft OFF functon can be set separately for each group and each sngle devce. o Set the parameter "Soft OFF functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - [x] Group -> Swtch-on/Swtch-off behavour" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... - [x] - >Swtch-on/swtch-off behavour" to "yes". The soft OFF functon s enabled. The parameter for the dmmng tme of the soft OFF functon becomes vsble. o Confgure the parameter "Tme for soft OFF ( %)" to the requred dmmng tme. Page 105 of 229

106 Starcase functon Starcase functon The starcase functon that can be confgured separately can be used for mplementng tmecontrolled lghtng of a starcase or for functon-related applcatons. The starcase functon must be enabled n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group name -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Devce name -> Starcase functon", n order for the requred communcaton objects and parameters to be vsble. The starcase functon s actvated va the communcaton object "Starcase functon start / stop" and s ndependent of the "swtchng" object. In ths way, parallel operaton of tme control and normal control s possble, whereby the last command receved s always executed: A telegram to the "swtchng" object at the tme of an actve starcase functon aborts the starcase tme prematurely and presets the swtchng state accordng to the receved object value (the tme delays are also taken nto account) or scene value. Lkewse, the swtchng state of the "swtchng" object can be overrdden by a starcase functon. Tme-ndependent contnuous lght swtchng can also be mplemented n combnaton wth a dsablng functon because the dsablng functon has a hgher prorty and overrdes the swtchng state of the starcase functon (see page 90). The starcase functon can also be extended by means of a supplementary functon. At the same tme, t s possble actvate a tme extenson. The "tme extenson" permts retrggerng of an actvated starcase va the object "Starcase functon Start / Stop" n tmes. Alternatvely, the "Tme preset va the bus" can be set. Wth ths supplementary functon, the confgured starcase tme can be multpled by a factor receved va the bus, thus t can be adapted dynamcally. Furthermore, an extenson of the starcase functon can be mplemented by means of a prewarnng functon. Durng the pre-warnng, the brghtness can be reduced. The pre-warnng should warn people n the starcase that the lght wll soon be swtched off. As an alternatve to the pre-warnng at the end of the starcase tme, the actuator can actvate reduced contnuous lghtng. In ths way, for example, long, dark hallways can have permanent basc lghtng. Specfyng swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon An ON telegram to the "Starcase functon start/stop" object actvates the starcase tme (T ON ), the duraton of whch s defned by the "Starcase tme" parameters. The DALI group or the sngle devce swtches to swtch-on brghtness. At the end of the starcase tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce shows the "reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS. At the same tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce can swtch off, optonally actvate the pre-warnng tme (T Prewarn ) of the pre-warnng functon (see page ) or dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng (applcaton: e.g. long, dark hallways). Takng nto account any possble pre-warnng functon, ths gves rse to the example swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon (Fgure 40). Fgure 40: Swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon wthout soft functons Page 106 of 229

107 In addton, swtchng on can be nfluenced by the soft functons of the DALI Gateway. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft OFF functon, ths gves rse to the swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon shown below (Fgure 41). Fgure 41: Swtch-on behavour of the starcase functon wth soft functons (as an example wth mnmum brghtness = 0 %) o Set the parameter "Starcase functon?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - >[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon" to "yes". The starcase functon s enabled. Addtonal parameters become vsble. o In the "Starcase tme" parameter, confgure the necessary swtch-on tme of the starcase functon. o Set the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" to "yes". Every ON telegram receved durng the ON phase of the starcase tme retrggers the starcase tme completely. o The parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" s alternatvely to "no". ON telegrams receved durng the ON phase of the starcase tme are rejected. The starcase tme s not retrggered. An ON telegram receved durng the pre-warnng tme or durng the reduced contnuous lghtng trggers the starcase tme ndependently of the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" always afterwards. Specfyng swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon In the case of a starcase functon, the reacton to an OFF telegram can also be confgured on the object "Starcase functon start/stop". Wthout recevng an OFF telegram, at the end of the starcase tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce always shows the "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS. At the same tme, the DALI group or the sngle devce can swtch off, optonally actvate the pre-warnng tme (T Prewarn ) of the pre-warnng functon or dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng (applcaton: e.g. long, dark hallways). If, on the other hand, the DALI Group or the sngle devce receves an OFF telegram va the object "Starcase functon start/stop", the actuator evaluates the parameter "Reacton to an OFF-telegram". In ths case, the channel can react mmedately to the OFF telegram and end the starcase tme prematurely. Alternatvely, the OFF telegram can be gnored. Takng nto account any possble pre-warnng functon, ths gves rse to the example swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon (Fgure 42). Page 107 of 229

108 Fgure 42: Swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon wthout soft functons In addton, swtchng off can be nfluenced by the soft functons of the DALI Gateway. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft OFF functon, ths gves rse to the swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon shown below (Fgure 43). Fgure 43: Swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon wth soft functons (as an example wth mnmum brghtness = 0 %) The parameter "reacton to OFF-telegram" defnes whether the starcase tme (T EIN ) of the starcase functon can be aborted prematurely. Ths parameter s located n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon and relates exclusvely to the "Starcase functon start / stop" object. The starcase functon must be enabled. o Set parameter "Reacton to OFF-telegram" to "swtch off". Once an OFF telegram s receved va the object "Starcase functon start/stop" durng the ON phase of the starcase tme, the operatng devces swtch off mmedately. If the starcase tme s stopped prematurely by such a telegram, there s no pre-warnng,.e. the pre-warnng tme s not started. It s also not dmmed to a reduced contnuous lghtng. It s also possble to swtch off prematurely durng a dmmng procedure of a soft functon or durng a pre-warnng or reduced contnuous lghtng. o Set parameter "Reacton to OFF-telegram" to gnore". OFF telegrams receved va the object "Starcase functon start / stop" durng the ON phase of the starcase functon are rejected. The starcase tme wll be executed completely to the end wth the confgured "behavour at the end of the starcase tme". Page 108 of 229

109 Settng the pre-warnng functon of the starcase functon At the end of the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon, the DALI group or the sngle devce shows the "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS. The DALI group or the sngle devce can be set to swtch off mmedately, alternatvely to dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng (applcaton: e.g. long, dark hallways) or to execute the pre-warnng functon. If the parameter s confgured to "actvate pre-warnng tme", the pre-warnng tme (T Vorwarn ) and pre-warnng brghtness can be confgured n the ETS plug-n. The pre-warnng should warn people stll on the starcase that the lght wll soon be swtched off. As a pre-warnng, the operatng devces can be set to a pre-warnng brghtness before they swtch off permanently. The pre-warnng brghtness s normally reduced n the brghtness value compared to the swtch-on brghtness. The pre-warnng tme (T Prewarn ) and the pre-warnng brghtness can be confgured separately (Fgure 44). The pre-warnng tme s added to the starcase tme (T EIN ). The pre-warnng tme nfluences the values of the feedback objects so that the swtchng state "OFF" and the value "0" are frst tracked after the pre-warnng tme n the feedback objects has elapsed. Fgure 44: The pre-warnng functon of the starcase functon wthout soft OFF functon Addtonally, the pre-warnng functon can also be extended by the soft OFF functon. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft OFF functon, ths gves rse to the swtch-off behavour of the starcase functon shown below after the pre-warnng has elapsed (Fgure 45). Fgure 45: The pre-warnng functon of the starcase functon wth soft OFF functon (as an example wth mnmum brghtness = 0 %) The pre-warnng brghtness does not necessarly have to be less than the swtch-on brghtness. The pre-warnng brghtness can always be confgured to values between maxmum brghtness and mnmum brghtness. Page 109 of 229

110 The starcase functon must be enabled. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon", set the parameter "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" to "Actvate pre-warnng tme". The pre-warnng functon s enabled. The desred pre-warnng tme (T Vorwarn ) can be preset. o Confgure the "pre-warnng tme". o Set the parameter "Reduced brghtness" to the desred brghtness value. Durng the pre-warnng tme, the dmmng channel s set to the confgured brghtness value. An ON telegram to the object "Starcase functon start/stop" whle a pre-warnng functon s stll n progress stops the pre-warnng tme and always starts (ndependently of the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?") the starcase tme anew. Even durng the prewarnng tme, the parameter "reacton to OFF telegram" s evaluated so that a pre-warnng n progress can be termnated early by swtchng off. Usng the automatc swtch-off functon: The reduced brghtness of the pre-warnng does not start the swtch-off functon after reachng or undershootng the swtch-off brghtness! Settng contnuous lghtng of the starcase functon At the end of the swtch-on tme of the starcase functon, the Gateway shows the "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" confgured n the ETS for the approprate DALI group or the sngle devce. The DALI group or the sngle devce can be set to swtch off mmedately, alternatvely to execute a pre-warnng functon, or to dm to the reduced contnuous lghtng. The reducton of the lghtng to contnuous lghtng after the starcase tme has elapsed s approprate, for example, f a certan degree of artfcal lght should be swtched on permanently n long, dark hallways. Swtchng to swtch-on brghtness by actvatng the starcase functon normally takes place by addtonal presence detectors or moton detectors when people are present n the hallway. If the parameter "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" s confgured to "Actvate reduced contnuous lghtng", the brghtness for the contnuous lghtng can be confgured. The contnuous brghtness s normally reduced n the brghtness value compared to the swtch-on brghtness (Fgure 46). The contnuous lghtng remans permanently actve after the starcase tme has elapsed. Only when an ON telegram s receved agan va the object "Starcase functon start/stop" does the DALI Gateway swtch back to the swtch-on brghtness and start countng the starcase tme agan. The recept of an OFF telegram va the object "Starcase functon start/stop" only swtches the contnuous lghtng off f the parameter "Reacton to OFF-telegram" s confgured to "Swtch off". A DALI group or a sngle devce can always be swtched on and off va the "Swtchng" object, ndependently of the Starcase functon. Consequently, contnuous lghtng wll also be overrdden f telegrams arrve va the "Swtchng" object. If permanent contnuous lghtng s desred, whch cannot be nfluenced by the "Swtchng" object nor by the object of the starcase functon, the dsablng functon should be used. Page 110 of 229

111 Fgure 46: The contnuous lghtng of the starcase functon wthout soft functons Addtonally, the contnuous lghtng can also be extended by the soft functon. Takng nto account any soft ON and soft functon, ths gves rse to modfed contnuous lghtng behavour of the starcase functon (Fgure 47). Fgure 47: The contnuous lghtng of the starcase functon wth soft OFF functons The brghtness of the contnuous lghtng does not necessarly have to be less than the swtch-on brghtness. The brghtness of the contnuous lghtng can always be confgured to values between basc/mnmum brghtness and maxmum brghtness. The starcase functon must be enabled. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... ->[x] Group -> Starcase functon" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Starcase functon", set the parameter "Reacton at the end of the starcase tme" to "Actvate reduced permanent lghtng". The contnuous lghtng s enabled. The "Reduced brghtness" can be set to the desred brghtness value. Page 111 of 229

112 The confgured value for the reduced brghtness must be greater than or equal to the mnmum brghtness (f confgured) or less than or equal to the maxmum brghtness! An ON telegram to the object "Starcase functon start/stop" always starts (ndependently of the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?") the starcase tme anew. Even durng actvated contnuous lghtng, the parameter "Reacton to OFF telegram" s evaluated so that contnuous lghtng can be swtched off. Usng the automatc swtch-off functon: The reduced brghtness of the contnuous lghtng does not start the swtch-off functon after reachng or undershootng the swtch-off brghtness! Settng supplementary functon of the starcase functon tme extenson Wth the tme extenson functon, the starcase tme can be retrggered several tmes (.e. extended) va the "Starcase functon start/stop" object. The duraton of the extenson s predefned by several operatons at the control secton (several ON telegrams n successon). The confgured starcase tme can be extended n ths way by the confgured factor (a maxmum of 5-fold). The tme s then always extended automatcally at the end of a sngle starcase tme (T EIN ). Fgure 48: Tme extenson of the starcase functon Wth ths functon, the lghtng tme n a starcase can be extended (e.g. by a person after shoppng) by a defned length wthout havng to retrgger the lghtng every tme the lghtng shuts off automatcally. o Set the parameter "Supplementary functon for starcase functon" to "tme extenson" and set the maxmum desred factor on the parameter "maxmum tme extenson". The starcase tme s retrggered each tme an ON telegram s receved on the "starcase tme start/stop" object after the starcase tme has elapsed, dependng on the number of telegrams receved, but only as often as pre-defned by the confgured factor. For example, the "3-fold tme" settng means that after the started starcase tme has elapsed, t can be retrggered automatcally a maxmum of three addtonal tmes. The tme s therefore extended a maxmum of four fold. A tme extenson can be trggered durng the entre starcase tme (T EIN ). There s no tme lmt between two telegrams for the tme extenson. Telegrams for the tme extenson are only evaluated durng the starcase tme. An ON telegram durng the pre-warnng functon or contnuous lghtng trggers the starcase tme as a restart, whch means that a new tme extenson s possble. If a tme extenson was confgured as a supplementary functon, the parameter "Starcase tme retrggerable?" s preset to "No" because the retrggerng takes place by the tme extenson. Page 112 of 229

113 Settng supplementary functon of the starcase functon tme preset va the bus Wth the tme preset va the bus, the confgured starcase tme can be multpled by an 8-bt factor receved va the bus, thus t can be adapted dynamcally. Wth ths settng, the factor s derved from the object "starcase tme factor". The possble factor value for settng the starcase tme s between The entre starcase tme arses as a product from factor (object value) and the confgured starcase tme as a bass as follows... Starcase tme = (starcase tme object value) x (starcase tme parameter) Example: Object value "starcase tme factor" = 5; parameter "starcase value" = 10s. -> set starcase tme = 5 x 10s = 50 s Alternatvely, the starcase functon parameter can defne whether the recept of a new factor also starts the starcase tme of the starcase functon at the same tme. In ths case, the object "Starcase functon start/stop" s not necessary and the receved factor value determnes the startng and stoppng. o Set "supplementary functon for starcase functon" to "tme preset va the bus" and set the parameter "starcase functon actvatable va 'starcase tme' object?" to "No". The starcase tme can be adapted dynamcally by the "starcase tme factor" object. A value "0" s nterpreted as value "1". The starcase functon s started and stopped exclusvely va the "starcase functon start / stop" object. o Set "supplementary functon for starcase functon" to "tme preset va the bus" and set the parameter "starcase functon actvatable va 'starcase tme' object?" on parameter page "Ax Scenes" to "Yes". The starcase tme can be adapted dynamcally by the "starcase tme factor" object. In addton, the starcase functon s started wth the new starcase tme (the "starcase functon start / stop" s not necessary) after recevng a new factor. A factor value "0" s nterpreted as an OFF telegram, whereby n ths case, the confgured reacton to an OFF telegram s evaluated, too. A larger starcase wth several floors s an example as an applcaton for the tme preset va the bus wth automatc startng of the starcase tme. On each floor there s a pushbutton that transmts a factor value to the starcase functon. The hgher the floor, the greater the factor value transmtted so that the lghtng stays swtched on longer f the passng through the starcase needs more tme. When a person enters a starcase and a pushbutton s pressed, the starcase tme s now adjusted dynamcally to the starcase tme and swtches on the lghtng at the same tme, too. Settng "Starcase functon actvatable va"starcase tme" object?" = "Yes": A factor > 0 receved durng a warnng tme trggers the starcase tme ndependently of the parameter "starcase tme retrggerable?" always afterwards. After a reset (bus voltage return or ETS programmng) the "starcase tme factor" object s always ntalsed wth "1". The starcase functon s not started automatcally solely as the result of ths, however. The two supplementary functons "tme extenson" and "tme preset va the bus" can only be confgured alternatvely. Presettng behavour of the starcase functon after bus or mans voltage return The starcase functon can be started automatcally after bus or mans voltage return. The starcase functon must be enabled. o In the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast", set the parameter "Behavour after bus voltage return" to "Start starcase functon". Immedately after bus or mans voltage return, the starcase tme of the starcase functon s started. Page 113 of 229

114 The confgured behavour wll only be executed, f no forced poston on bus voltage return s actvated. Page 114 of 229

115 Operatng hours counter Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The operatng hours counter determnes the swtch-on tme of the DALI group or the sngle devce. A group or an electronc ballast s actvely on for the operatng hours counter f the brghtness value s greater than "0",.e. when the lght s lt. The operatng hours counter adds up the determned swtch-on tme accurately to the mnute for the DALI group or the sngle devce n full hours respectvely (Fgure 49). The totalled operatng hours are added n a 2-byte counter and stored permanently n the devce. The current counter status can be transmtted cyclcally to the bus by the "OHC value" communcaton object or when there s a change n an nterval value. Fgure 49: Functon of the operatng hours counter (usng the example of an up-counter) In the as-delvered state, the operatng hour values of all DALI groups and sngle devces of the Gateway s "0". If the operatng hours counter s not enabled n the confguraton of a DALI group or a sngle devce, no operatng hours wll be counted for the DALI group or sngle devce concerned. Once the operatng hours counter s enabled, however, the operatng hours wll be determned and added up by the ETS mmedately after commssonng the DALI Gateway. If the operatng hours counter s subsequently dsabled agan n the parameters and the Gateway s programmed wth ths dsablng functon, all operatng hours prevously counted for the DALI group or the sngle devce concerned wll be deleted. When enabled agan, the counter status of the operatng hours counter s always on "0". The operatng hours values (full hours) stored n the devce wll not be lost n case of a bus/mans voltage falure or by ETS programmng. Any summed up operatng mnutes (full hour not yet reached) wll be rejected n ths case, however. After bus voltage return or after an ETS download, the Gateway passvely updates the "OHC value" communcaton object n each DALI group or sngle devce. The object value can be read out f the read-flag s set. The object value, dependng on the confguraton for the automatc transmsson, s actvely transmtted f necessary to the bus once the parameterzed transmt delay has elapsed after bus voltage return (see page ). The operatng hours counter detects any operaton of the DALI groups or sngle devces by the manual operaton, whch means that swtchng on a channel also actvates the countng of operatng hours. In the same way, manual swtch-off nterrupts a countng operaton. Actvatng the operatng hours counter o Dsable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter of the same name n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours counter" ("yes" settng). The operatng hours counter s actvated. The necessary parameters and communcaton objects are vsble. Page 115 of 229

116 Deactvatng the operatng hours counter o Dsable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter of the same name n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours counter" ("no" settng). The operatng hours counter s deactvated. No communcaton objects or parameters of the "Operatng hours counter" functon are vsble. Deactvaton of the operatng hours counter and subsequent programmng wth the ETS resets the counter status to "0". Settng the counter type The operatng hours counter can optonally be confgured as an up-counter or down-counter. Dependng on ths type of counter, a lmt or start value can be set optonally, whereby, for example, the operatng tme of a DALI group or a sngle devce can be montored by restrctng the counter range. Up-counter: After actvatng the operatng hours counter by enablng n the ETS or by restartng, the operatng hours are counted startng at "0". A maxmum of 65,535 hours can be counted, after that the counter stops and sgnals a counter operaton va the "OHC elapsed" object. A lmtng value can be set optonally n the ETS or can be predefned va the communcaton object "OHC start/lmtng value". In ths case, the counter operaton s sgnalled to the bus va the "OHC elapsed" object f the lmtng value s reached. The counter contnues countng - f t s not restarted - up to the maxmum value 65,535 and then stops. Only a restart ntates a new countng operaton. Down-counter: After enablng the operatng hours counter n the ETS, the counter status s on "0" and the Gateway sgnals a counter operaton for the DALI group or the sngle devce concerned after the programmng operaton or after bus voltage return va the "OHC elapsed" object. Only after a restart s the down-counter set to the maxmum value 65,535 the countng operaton started. A startng value can be set optonally n the ETS or can be predefned va the communcaton object "OHC start/lmtng value". If a start value s set, the down-counter s ntalsed wth ths value nstead of the maxmum value after a restart. The counter then counts the start value downwards by the hour. When the down-counter reaches the value "0", the counter operaton s sgnalled to the bus va the "OHC elapsed" and the countng s stopped. Only a restart ntates a new countng operaton. Enable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours", n order for the requred communcaton objects and parameters to be vsble. o Set the parameter "Counter type" to "Up-counter". Set the parameter "Start/lmtng value specfcaton?" to "yes, as receved va object" or "yes, as parameter" f t s necessary to montor the lmtng value. Otherwse, reset the parameter to "no". In the "yes, as specfed n parameter" settng, specfy the requred lmt value ( hrs). The counter counts the operatng hours forwards startng from "0". If the montorng of the lmtng value s actvated, the Gateway transmts a "1" telegram va the object "OHC elapsed" as soon as the predefned lmtng value s reached. Otherwse, the counter operaton s frst transmtted when the maxmum value 65,535 s reached. o Set the parameter "Counter type" to "Down-counter". Set the parameter "Start/lmtng value specfcaton?" to "yes, as receved va object" or "yes, as parameter" f t s necessary to montor the start value. Otherwse, reset the parameter to "no". In the "yes, as specfed n parameter" settng, specfy the requred start value ( hrs.). The counter counts the operatng hours down to "0" after a restart. Wth a start value preset, the start value s counted down, otherwse the countng operaton starts at the maxmum value 65,535. The Gateway transmts a "1" telegram va the object "OHC elapsed" for the dmmng channel concerned once the value "0" s reached. Page 116 of 229

117 The value of the communcaton object "OHC elapsed" s stored permanently. The object s ntalsed mmedately wth the value that was saved before bus voltage return or ETS programmng. If an operatng hours counter s n ths case dentfed as elapsed,.e. f the object value s a "1", an addtonal telegram wll be actvely transmtted to the bus as soon as the parameterzed transmt delay has elapsed after bus voltage return. If the counter has not yet elapsed (object value "0"), no telegram s transmtted on return of bus/mans voltage or after an ETS programmng operaton. Wth a lmtng or start value preset va object: The values receved va the object are frst valdly accepted and permanently saved nternally after a restart of the operatng hours counter. The object s ntalsed mmedately wth the value that was last saved before bus voltage return or ETS programmng. The values receved wll be lost n the case of a bus voltage falure or by an ETS download f no counter restart was executed before. For ths reason, when specfyng a new start or lmtng value t s advsable to always execute a counter restart afterwards as well. A standard value of 65,535 s predefned provded that no lmtng value or start value has been receved yet va the object. The values receved and stored va the object are reset to the standard value f the operatng hours counter s deactvated n the parameters of the ETS and an ETS programmng operaton s beng performed. Wth a lmtng or start value predefned va object: If the start or lmtng value s predefned wth "0", the actuator wll gnore a counter restart to avod an undesred reset (e.g. n ste operaton -> hours already counted by manual operaton). If the counter drecton of an operatng hours counter s reversed by reconfguraton n the ETS, a restart of the counter should always be performed after programmng the Gateway so that the counter s rentalsed. Restartng the operatng hours counter The counter status of the operatng hours can be reset at any tme by the communcaton object "OHC restart". The polarty of the restart telegram s predefned: "1" = restart / "0" = no reacton. o Descrbe the communcaton object "OHC restart" as "1". In the up-counter the counter s ntalsed wth the value "0" after a restart and n the downcounter ntalsed wth the start value. If no start value was confgured or predefned by the object, the start value s preset to 65,535. Durng every counter restart, the ntalsed counter status s transmtted actvely to the bus. After a restart, the sgnal of a counter operaton s also reset. At the same tme, a "0" telegram s transmtted to the bus va the object "OHC elapsed". In addton, the lmtng or start value s ntalsed. If a new lmtng or start value was predefned va the communcaton object, a counter restart should always be performed afterwards, too. Otherwse, the values receved wll be lost n the case of a bus voltage falure or by an ETS download. If the communcaton object "OHC start/lmtng value" was descrbed wth "0" (ether manually by the user or after a devce reset), there are dfferent behavours after a restart dependng on the prncple of the value specfcaton... Preset as parameter: The counter elapses mmedately after a counter restart. Preset va object: A counter restart wll be gnored to avod an undesred reset (e.g. after nstallaton of the devces wth hours already beng counted by manual operaton). A lmtng or start value greater than "0" must be predefned n order to perform the restart. Settng the transmsson behavour The current value of the operatng hours counter s always tracked n the communcaton object "OHC value". After bus voltage return or after an ETS programmng operaton, the Gateway passvely updates the "OHC value" communcaton object n each DALI group or sngle devce. Page 117 of 229

118 The object value can be read out f the read-flag s set. In addton, the transmsson behavour of ths communcaton object can be set. Enable the "Operatng hours counter" functon n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... - > [x] Group -> Operatng hours counter" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Operatng hours", n order for the requred communcaton objects and parameters to be vsble. o Set the parameter "Automatc transmsson of countng value" to "After change by nterval value". Confgure the "Countng value nterval ( hrs.)" to the desred value. The counter status s transmtted to the bus as soon as t changes by the predefned countng value nterval. After bus voltage return or after programmng n the ETS, the object value s transmtted automatcally after "Delay after bus voltage return" has elapsed f the current counter status or a multple of ths corresponds to the countng value nterval. A counter status "0" s always transmtted n ths case. o Set the parameter "Automatc transmsson of countng value" to "Cyclcal". The counter value s transmtted cyclcally. The cycle tme s defned ndependent of the channel on the parameter page "Status and feedback". After bus voltage return or ETS programmng, the counter status s transmtted to the bus after the confgured cycle tme has elapsed. Page 118 of 229

119 Scene functon Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI Gateway allows the creaton of up to 16 of your own scenes. Each ndvdual scene can be assgned to the avalable DALI groups or sngle devces. In addton, a scene brghtness value can be confgured for each assgned group and each assgned sngle devce, and thus stored n the DALI Gateway. Ths also allows the ntegraton of varous operatng devces nto scene controls. If necessary, the ndvdual scenes must be created n the "Scenes" parameter node. Scenes can be created by selectng the "Scenes" node n the tree vew and then executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck). Selectng a created scene n the tree vew causes the scene confguraton to appear n the rght pane of the plug-n. (Fgure 50) Fgure 50: Confguraton page of a scene as an example wth two created effect scenes and two DALI groups Created scenes can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of an approprate scene parameter node and nserted nto the hgher-level nodes "Scenes" as a new scene usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped scene nto an exstng scene. All the parameter settngs are appled wthout creatng a new element. Created scenes can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each scene. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each scene clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Scene TV", "Scene dnng", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each scene receves a unque number (1...16), whch s shown n square brackets before the name. Ths number s only a label wthn the ETS plug-n, n order to dstngush clearly between the ndvdual scenes, even f they have the same name. In addton, scenes have KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory functon usng the scene extenson object. Scene numbers do not have to be dentcal to KNX extenson numbers. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple scenes. Page 119 of 229

120 A scene recall overrdes a brghtness value specfcaton va the "Brghtness value" object and also a swtchng or dmmng operaton va the objects "Swtchng", "Central functon swtchng" and "Dmmng". A starcase functon s also overrdden by a scene recall. The prorty of the scene functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured for each scene. Thus, t s possble for a scene recall to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. Alternatvely, a scene can have a lower prorty, whch means that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a scene recall. A functon overrdden by a scene recall s executed agan when the functon s updated va the KNX. A scene recall can optonally take place after a delay. Settng a KNX scene number Scenes possess KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to recall a scene or a scene memory functon usng the scene extenson object. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually for each scene. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple scenes. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" n the parameter "KNX number of the scene (1...64)", set the requred extenson number. It s possble to recall and save a scene va the scene extenson object usng the specfed KNX number. If a KNX number already used for another scene s entered, the ETS plug-n wll then automatcally correct the nput value to the next free KNX number. It should be noted that the object value of the extenson nput s always "1" less than the confgured KNX number, n accordance wth KNX DPT Example: KNX number = "1" -> Value n extenson object = "0" -> The value "0" recalls the scene wth the KNX number 1. The value "1" recalls the scene wth the KNX number 2. Ths apples approprately for all other scenes and KNX numbers. Confgurng the group and devce assgnment of a scene Groups and sngle devces can be assgned to a scene wthout restrctons. Each group and each sngle devce can be assgned ndependently by actvatng the checkbox n front of the group or sngle devce name n the scene confguraton (Fgure 51). Groups and sngle devces, whose checkboxes are not actvated, are not assgned to the scene. Any non-created groups or sngle devces of the DALI Gateway are greyed out and thus cannot be edted. Fgure 51: Example of a group assgnment to a scene For reasons of clarty, all the avalable groups (1...32) and sngle devces (1...64) - rrespectve of the confgured addressng type - are splt up nto varous pages n the scene functon wndow, each of whch can be dsplayed separately. 16 groups or sngle devces are avalable on any gven page. Pressng the buttons "Groups...", "Sngle devces..." n the scene confguraton wndow changes between the page vews. Scenes can also be used for a master control (broadcast). Only one brghtness value can ever be assgned to each scene. Page 120 of 229

121 o Actvate the checkbox of the DALI groups and sngle devces, whch are to be assgned to the selected scene. The actvated groups and sngle devces are assgned to the scene. The parameters of the scene brghtness value and the scene memory functon are enabled. DALI groups or sngle devces, ntegrated n centrally-suppled emergency lghtng operaton, or sngle devces, correspondng to the DALI devce type "Emergency lght, sngle-battery-operated", cannot be assgned to any scenes. Assgnments to scenes are lost f the ntegraton of groups or devces takes place later n emergency operaton. In these cases, the ETS plug-n warns of losng assgnments. Settng scene brghtness values For each DALI group ntegrated n a scene, for each ntegrated sngle devce and for each scene, t s necessary to specfy whch brghtness value s to be set when a scene s recalled. A group or a sngle devce must be assgned to a scene n order to be able to edt the scene brghtness value. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", specfy the necessary scene brghtness value for each DALI group assgned to the scene and each assgned sngle devce (Fgure 51). Durng a scene recall, the approprate confgured brghtness value s set on the operatng devces. The confgured brghtness values are adopted n the DALI Gateway durng programmng wth the ETS only f the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download?" s set to "yes". The selecton of the scene brghtness value s restrcted by the lmts confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness n the ETS plug-n. Durng DALI commssonng, t s possble to assgn multple dentcal DALI operatng devces to dfferent groups (multple assgnment: e.g. Electronc ballast 1 s located n Group A and Group B). If groups (e.g. A & B) have now been assgned to a scene and these groups contan the same operatng devces (e.g. electronc ballast 1), then there wll be a conflct on account of the dfferng scene brghtness values. In ths case, the operatng devces assgned multple tmes are set to the scene brghtness value of the group wth the hghest number. Presettng the storage behavour for the scene functon The current brghtness values of all the DALI groups and sngle devces assgned to as scene can be saved usng the scene extenson usng when a save telegram s receved. In so dong, the brghtness values to be saved can be nfluenced by all the functons of the ndvdual groups and devces (e.g. swtchng, dmmng, manual operaton) before savng. A group or a sngle devce must be assgned to a scene n order to be able to edt the scene savng behavour. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" actvate the "Save" checkbox for the DALI groups and sngle devces, whch are to react to the memory functon (Fgure 51). The memory functon s actvated for the affected DALI group or sngle devce. The current brghtness value s stored nternally va the extenson object on recept of a storage telegram. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name" deactvate the "Save" checkbox for the DALI groups and sngle devces, whch are not to react to the memory functon. The memory functon s deactvated for the affected DALI group or sngle devce. A storage telegram receved va the extenson object wll be rejected. Page 121 of 229

122 Durng a save operaton, scene brghtness values are saved to nternal non-volatle memory n the DALI Gateway, thus overwrtng the value of a group or sngle devce most recently programmed by the ETS. The brghtness values confgured n the ETS are only appled agan to the DALI Gateway durng an ETS programmng operaton when the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download?" s set to "yes". Irrespectve of the set prorty for the entre scene, no new scene values are ever saved f dsablng or a forced poston s actve for ndvdual groups or devces. Settng the scene prorty The prorty of the scene functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured for each scene. Thus, t s possble for a scene recall to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. Alternatvely, a scene can have a lower prorty, whch means that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a scene recall. The scene prorty can be confgured separately for each created scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, scene to be dsabled/forced poston" to "low". The scene has a lower prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. It s not possble to call up or save a scene f a supplementary functons s only actvated for one group or one sngle devce. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, scene to be dsabled/forced poston" to "hgh". The scene has a hgher prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. Scenes are only ever called-up or saved when a scene extenson unt s receved. Irrespectve of the set prorty for the entre scene, no new scene values are ever saved f dsablng or a forced poston s actve for ndvdual groups or devces. In the "Tracked brghtness value" settng at the end of dsablng/forced poston: At the end of the supplementary functons, a scene recall receved durng the functon wll not be tracked. In the "Prorty = Hgh" settng: A scene recall does not statcally lock the lower-level functons of a group or a sngle devce. The hgher prorty solely specfes that the scene brghtness value s set at the moment of the scene recall and the prevously specfed brghtness value s overrdden. After scene recall, t s possble that the scene brghtness value wll be changed by other functons of the Gateway (e.g. on termnatng an addtonal functon or by swtchng or dmmng). Scenes can also be ncluded n effect steps. In ths case, the scene prorty s not evaluated when an effect s recalled. The confgured prorty of the approprate effect s of more mportance. Settng the ETS programmng behavour for the scene functon Durng storage of a scene, the scene values are stored nternally to non-volatle memory n the devce. To prevent the stored values from beng replaced durng ETS programmng of the applcaton or of the parameters by the orgnally programmed scene brghtness values, the DALI Gateway can nhbt overwrtng of the scene values. As an alternatve, the orgnal values can be reloaded nto the devce durng each programmng run of the ETS. The ETS programmng behavour can be confgured separately for each scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download" to "yes". Durng each ETS programmng operaton of the applcaton program or of the parameters, the scene values confgured n the ETS wll be programmed nto the Gateway. Scene values stored n the devce by means of a storage functon wll be overwrtten, f any. Page 122 of 229

123 o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Overwrte scene values durng ETS download" to "no". Scene values stored n the devce wth a storage functon wll be mantaned. If no scene values have been stored, the scene brghtness values last programmed n the ETS reman vald. Durng frst commssonng of the Gateway, ths parameter should be set to "yes" so that the scenes are ntalsed wth vald scene values. Presettng the recall delay for the scene functon Each scene recall can optonally also be evaluated after a delay. Wth ths feature, dynamcal scene sequences can, for example, be confgured f several actuators or Gateways are combned wth cyclcal scene telegrams. The scene recall delay can be confgured separately for each created scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Delay scene recall?" to "yes". Confgure the delay tme. The delay tme s actvated. The delay only nfluences the scene recall of the approprate scene. The delay tme s started on arrval of a recall telegram. The correspondng scene wll be recalled and the approprate scene brghtness value set only after ths tme has elapsed. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Delay scene recall?" to "no". The delay tme s deactvated. A scene recall s carred out wthout a delay mmedately after the recept of a scene recall telegram. Each scene recall telegram restarts the delay tme and retrggers t. If a new scene recall telegram s receved whle a delay s actve (scene recall not yet executed), the old (and not yet recalled scene) wll be rejected and only the scene last receved executed. The scene recall delay has no nfluence on the storage of scene values. A scene storage telegram wthn a scene recall delay termnates the delay and thus the scene recall. In case of bus or mans voltage falure, all tme functons wll be stopped. Therefore, all scene recalls that are stll n the delay stage wll be aborted. A scene recall receved shortly before bus or mans voltage falure wll then be lost f the correspondng delay has not yet elapsed. A delayed scene recall wll also be completely aborted for the affected groups or sngle devces n the case of a functon wth a hgher prorty (e.g. manual operaton, forced poston functon, dsable functon). Scenes can also be ncluded n effect steps. In ths case, the recall delay set for the scene s not effectve when an effect s recalled. The confgured tme sequence of the effect s of more mportance. Settng the dmmng behavour when recallng a scene In the scene confguraton, t s possble to defne whether the scene brghtness values for the assgned groups or sngle devces jump nstantly or dm. A scene recall can therefore be executed ndependently of the set dmmng behavour. The behavour durng a scene recall can be confgured separately for each scene. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Behavour on scene recall" to "Jump". The brghtness values of the approprate scene are nstantly jumped to durng a recall. o In the parameter node "Scenes -> [x] Scene name", set the parameter "Behavour on scene recall" to "Dm to...". enstellen. At the same tme, defne the tme requred to dm to the scene brghtness value. Page 123 of 229

124 The brghtness values of the scene concerned are dmmed to durng a recall. The dm fadng s actvated The tme n the parameter selecton defnes the duraton of the dmmng procedure requred to reach the scene brghtness values. The brghtness value of a group or a sngle devce at whch the dmmng starts has no sgnfcance. Thus, the dmmng procedure n case of a scene recall always requres the exact predefned tme for all groups and sngle devces of the scene. Any DALI operatng devces ncluded n the scene (through groups or as a sngle devce) react smultaneously, because addressng takes place on the DALI-sde usng scene commands (Multcast), whch the Gateway programs nto the operatng devce durng ntalsaton, accordng to the scene confguraton n the ETS plug-n. The confgured dmmng tme for the dm fadng of the scene functon may devate from the standard dmmng behavour of a group or a sngle devce. The DALI Gateway always works wth a standard fadng tme of 0.7 seconds. Ths value s automatcally programmed nto DALI operatng devces durng ntalsaton. Drectly after scene recall, the Gateway reprograms all the assgned DALI operatng devces to the dmmng tme of the scene. After the confgured brghtness value has been specfed, the Gateway mmedately reprograms the fadng tme back to the orgnal value. Ths reprogrammng takes place separately for each group and sngle devce ntegrated nto the scene n sequence va the DALI cable. Scenes can also be ncluded n effect steps. In ths case, the dmmng behavour set for the scene s not effectve when an effect s recalled. The confgured dmmng behavour of an effect s of more mportance. Page 124 of 229

125 Effect functon Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" In partcular, for the mplementaton of dynamc lght scenes, t s possble to nclude lghts or lght groups n the effect control of the DALI Gateway. Up to 16 effects are avalable here, each wth up to 16 effect steps. Each effect step represents an ndvdual lght scene. Tme-controlled togglng of the effect steps makes the overall effect dynamc. Brghtness sequences can be mplemented usng one or more DALI groups, or also usng ndvdual DALI devces or scenes. Effects are created n the ETS plug-n and are confgured separately. An effect can be added to the confguraton by selectng the parameter node "Effects" n the tree vew and then executng the command New usng the context menu (rght mouse-clck). Selectng a created effect n the tree vew causes the effect confguraton (Fgure 52) to appear n the rght pane of the plug-n. Fgure 52: Confguraton page of an effect as an example wth 15 created effect steps and stop step Edtng effects Up to 15 effect steps can be created for each effect, as necessary. The last step of an effect s always the stop step n the confguraton. Ths s only executed when the effect s stopped automatcally after the number of run-throughs (ETS parameter) has been reached, or the user performs the Stop command va communcaton objects. A new effect step can be added by selectng an effect parameter node n the tree vew and then executng the New command n the context menu. Ths always adds the frst step of an effect. If steps already exst, these are always shfted one place when new steps are added. The exstng steps are thus gven a new, hgher step number (2...15). When new effects are created, all the necessary effect steps should always be created drectly, n order to avod subsequent edtng and shftng of the effect sequences due to the addng of new steps. Created effects can also be coped usng the Copy command of the context menu of an approprate scene or effect parameter node and nserted nto the hgher-level node "Effects" as a new effect usng Insert. Parameter settngs are also appled. It s also possble to nsert a prevously coped effect nto an exstng effect. All the parameter settngs are appled wthout Page 125 of 229

126 creatng a new element. Effect steps can only be coped and nserted nto exstng steps. Ths completely transfers the confguraton of the coped step nto another step. Ths functon can be used, for example, to transport exstng step confguratons nto other steps, after new steps have been added, thereby changng the sequence of the lght scene. Created effects and effect steps can be deleted at any tme by selectng the approprate parameter node n the tree structure and executng the Delete command of the context menu. In addton, a parameter can be used to assgn a name to each effect. It s possble to change a name at a later date usng the parameter confguraton or, alternatvely, by usng the Rename command n the context menu. We recommend labellng each effect clearly by gvng t a name (e.g. "Effect wndow", "Effect entrance area", etc.). The name may be a maxmum of 28 characters and may contan alphanumerc and specal characters. Each effect receves a unque number (1...16), whch s shown n square brackets before the name. Ths number s only a label wthn the ETS plug-n, n order to dstngush clearly between the ndvdual effects, even f they have the same name. In addton, effects possess KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to start and stop the effects usng the extenson object. Effect numbers do not have to be dentcal to KNX extenson numbers. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple effects. In the case of effect steps, the step number (1...15) s dsplayed n square brackets. Ths labels the step sequence of an effect run-through drectly. Startng and stoppng effects (effect run-through) Effect steps can control DALI groups, sngle devces and scenes. As soon as t s started, an effect runs "n the background". Each new effect step overrdes the prevous effect step or the most recently specfed brghtness state of an ntegrated DALI group or an assgned sngle devce. In contrast to the control of groups and devces va the objects "Swtchng", "Dmmng", "Brghtness value" and "Central functon for groups and devces", effects always have the same prorty. The last specfcaton determnes the brghtness value. Wth regard to the tme sequences (tme between effect steps, dmmng behavour), an effect only ever works wth the parameters of the effect steps. Parameters of the DALI groups, ndvdual devces or the scenes are rrelevant for the effect functon. To ensure that tme functons of the groups and devces (e.g. starcase functon, tme delays) and the effect functon do not nfluence each other, parallel operaton of these functons,.e. the executon of an effect and control usng group or devce functons, should be avoded f possble. An effect always starts at effect step 1. The steps are processed n sequence, accordng to ther number. When all the brghtness values of an effect step have been set, the effect controller wats for the set "Delay untl the next step". Then the next step s recalled. An effect run-through corresponds to callng up all the steps created n the effect. The number of run-throughs can be specfed ndvdually between usng a parameter. An effect stops automatcally when the confgured number of run-throughs has been reached. Otherwse, the effect starts agan wth the frst step after processng of the last effect step (Fgure 53). Alternatvely, an effect can also be started manually usng communcaton objects and stopped at any tme. A stop command termnates the effect mmedately after the processng of the current step and subsequent executon of the stop step, wthout recallng other effect steps or watng for delay tmes (Fgure 54). There are separate 1-bt objects (1 = Start effect / 0 = Stop effect) as well as a shared 1-byte extenson object avalable manual startng and stoppng of effects. When an effect s stopped, the stop step s always executed. Ths makes t possble to set a defned lghtng state. The stop step s not executed explctly between multple effect runthroughs. Page 126 of 229

127 start run-through 1 run-through 2 step 1 step 2 step 3 step 1 step 2 step 3 stop t Fgure 53: Example of an effect sequence wth automatc stop (here: 3 effect steps, 2 run-throughs) start stop run-through 1 run-through 2 (shorten) step 1 step 2 step 3 step 1 step 2 stop t Fgure 54: Example of an effect sequence wth manual stop (here: 3 effect steps, run-through 2 s stopped early) Retrggerng of an effect (multple startng) shows no reacton. The effect contnues normally. An effect must frst be stopped, n order to restart t n a defned manner at Step 1. It s possble to run through multple effects smultaneously. If the same groups, sngle devces or scenes are ntegrated nto effects runnng smultaneously, then the effects nfluence each other. In order to acheve a tdy, fault-free effect run-through, always try to avod runnng through effects wth the same assgnments smultaneously. The prorty of the effect functon over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured separately for each effect. Thus, t s possble for an effect recall to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. An effect can have a lower prorty, meanng that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a effect recall. Settng a KNX effect number Just lke scenes, effects possess KNX numbers (1...64). These KNX numbers can be used to start and also stop ndvdual effects usng the extenson object of the effect functon. The KNX numbers are confgured ndvdually for each effect. KNX numbers must be unque. It s not possble to assgn the same KNX numbers to multple effects. The structure of the telegram value for the effect extenson s orentated to the KNX DPT , whch s also used n the scene extenson (Fgure 55). Page 127 of 229

128 bts number (0...63), corresponds KNX number (1...64) not used ( 0 ) 0 = start effect / 1 = stop effect Fgure 55: Structure of the object value for the effect extenson o In the parameter node "Effects - [x] Effect name" n the parameter "KNX number of the effect (1...64)", set the requred extenson number. It s possble to start and stop an effect va the effect extenson object usng the specfed KNX number. If a KNX number already used for another effect s entered, then the ETS plug-n wll automatcally correct the nput value to the next free KNX number. It should be noted that the object value of the extenson nput s always "1" less than the confgured KNX number, n accordance wth KNX DPT (Fgure 55). Example: KNX number = "1" -> Value n extenson object = "0" -> The value "0" recalls the effect wth the KNX number 1. The value "1" starts the effect wth the KNX number 2. Ths apples approprately for all other effects and KNX numbers. Settng the effect prorty The prorty of the ndvdual effects over the dsablng or forced poston functons of a group or a sngle devce can be confgured for each scene. Thus, t s possble for an effect to overrde a dsablng or forced poston functon. An effect can have a lower prorty, meanng that dsablng functons or forced postons cannot be overrdden by a effect recall. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, effect to be dsabled/forced poston" to "Low". The effect has a lower prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. It s not possble to start an effect f a supplementary functons s only actvated for one group or one sngle devce (f assgned). o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name", confgure the parameter "Prorty, effect to be dsabled/forced poston" to "Hgh". The effect has a hgher prorty to the supplementary functons of the assgned groups or the assgned sngle devces. The effect can be started f a dsablng or forced poston functon s actve. Note that the effect prorty set n the ETS plug-n s only observed when an effect s to be restarted. Prorty s gnored - rrespectve of the settng- f a prevously started effect s runnng and a dsablng or forced poston s actvated. For ths reason, an effect wth a hgher prorty, f t s runnng, can be overrdden wth a dsablng or forced poston functon. In the same way, a dsablng or forced poston functon wth a hgher prorty can be overrdden by an effect, f the actvaton of the dsablng or the forced poston takes place after the effect starts. If scenes are ntegrated n an effect step, then the scene prorty s not evaluated when an effect s recalled. The confgured prorty of the approprate effect s of more mportance. Settng the number of effect run-throughs An effect always starts at effect step 1. The steps are processed n sequence, accordng to ther number. An effect run-through corresponds to callng up all the steps created n the effect. The number of run-throughs can be specfed ndvdually between usng a parameter. An Page 128 of 229

129 effect stops automatcally when the confgured number of run-throughs has been reached. Otherwse the effect starts agan wth the frst step after processng of the last effect step. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name", set the parameter "Number of runthroughs" to the desred value ( ). The effect repeats the set number of tmes. Then the effect stops automatcally. In the "0" settng, the effect repeats cyclcally, untl a manual Stop command s receved va the communcaton objects. A manual stop command va the communcaton objects termnates the effect mmedately after the processng of the current step and subsequent executon of the stop step, wthout recallng other effect steps or watng for delay tmes. Confgurng the group and devce assgnment of an effect step Groups and sngle devces can be assgned to an effect step wthout restrctons. In addton, t s possble to assgn created scenes. Each group, each sngle devce and each scene can be assgned ndependently by actvatng the checkbox n front of the group or sngle devce name or the scene name n the confguraton of the effect steps (Fgure 56). Groups, sngle devces and scenes, whose checkboxes are not actvated, are not assgned to the effect step. Any noncreated groups, sngle devces or scenes of the DALI Gateway are greyed out and thus cannot be edted. Fgure 56: Example of a group assgnment to an effect step For reasons of clarty, all the avalable groups (1...32) and sngle devces (1...64) - rrespectve of the confgured addressng type - as well as the scenes (1...16) are splt up nto varous pages n the wndow of an effect step, each of whch can be dsplayed separately. 16 groups or sngle devces are avalable on any gven page. Scenes also have ther own page. Pressng the buttons "Groups...", "Sngle devces..." or "Scenes 1-16" n the confguraton wndow of an effect step changes between the page vews. Effects can also be used for master control (broadcast). Only one brghtness value can ever be assgned to each effect step. o Actvate the checkbox of the DALI groups, sngle devces and scenes, whch are to be assgned to the selected effect step. The actvated groups, sngle devces and scenes are assgned to the effect step. The parameters of the brghtness values are enabled. Page 129 of 229

130 Assgned sngle devces are contacted n turn by the effect controller, because the devces are addressed ndvdually usng ther short address. Ths slows down processng of an effect step. In addton, ths nfluences the processng tme of an effect step, f the dmmng behavour allows for dmmng tmes other than the standard (0.7 seconds). The more groups or sngle devces are assgned to an effect step, the slower the effect step edtng wll be. The "Delay untl next step" s only started when the last assgnment of an effect step has been processed. When a scene s recalled, the slowng effect from the addressng type does not notceably occur. For ths reason, we recommend ntegratng devces - f at all possble - nto scenes and assgnng them to the effect controller. Only groups, sngle devces or scenes, whose brghtness value are to be changed by an effect step, should ever be assgned to that step. If several dentcal DALI operatng devces are ntegrated nto an effect step, for example due to redundant ntegraton va groups and scenes, the brghtness commands are evaluated and set usng a fxed prorty. The group brghtness value specfed n an effect step has the hghest prorty and thus prevals over brghtness values of sngle devces and scenes. The brghtness values of sngle devces have medum prorty and preval over scene brghtness values. Scene brghtness values have the lowest prorty. It s possble to run through multple effects smultaneously. If the same groups, sngle devces or scenes are ntegrated nto effects runnng smultaneously, then the effects nfluence each other. In order to acheve a tdy, fault-free effect run-through, always try to avod runnng through effects wth the same assgnments smultaneously. DALI groups or sngle devces, ntegrated n centrally-suppled emergency lghtng operaton, or sngle devces, correspondng to the DALI devce type "Emergency lght, sngle-battery-operated", cannot be used n effects. Assgnments to effect steps are lost f the ntegraton of groups or devces takes place later n emergency operaton. In these cases, the ETS plug-n warns of losng assgnments. Settng brghtness values for effect steps For each DALI group ntegrated n an effect step, for each ntegrated sngle devce and for each scene, t s necessary to specfy whch brghtness value s to be set when the effect step s recalled. A group, a sngle devce or a scene must be assgned to an effect step, n order to be able to edt the brghtness value. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), specfy the necessary brghtness value for each assgned DALI group, each assgned sngle devce and each assgned scene (Fgure 56). Durng a recall of the effect step, the approprate confgured brghtness value s set on the operatng devces. The selecton of the brghtness value for DALI groups and sngle devces s restrcted by the lmts confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness n the ETS plug-n. Durng DALI commssonng, t s possble to assgn multple dentcal DALI operatng devces to dfferent groups (multple assgnment: e.g. Electronc ballast 1 s located n Group A and Group B). If groups (e.g. A & B) have now been assgned to an effect step and these groups contans the same operatng devces (e.g. electronc ballast 1), then there wll be a conflct on account of the dfferng effect step brghtness values. In ths case, the effect controller calls up all the brghtness values n order (startng wth Group 1). If there s a multple assgnment of electronc ballasts, t may occur that bref brghtness changes occur (e.g. brghtness jumps, flckerng, etc.) when an effect step s recalled. The same apples to scenes n an effect step, f varous scene assgnments are confgured wth dentcal groups. Page 130 of 229

131 Settng the dmmng behavour when recallng effect steps In the confguraton of an effect step, t s possble to specfy whether the brghtness values for the assgned groups, sngle devces or scenes are recalled wth an nstant jump or are dmmed to. The recall of an effect step can thus be executed ndependently of the set dmmng behavour of the groups or sngle devces. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), set the parameter "Behavour on recallng the effect step" to "Jump to". The brghtness values of the approprate scene are nstantly jumped to durng a recall. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), set the parameter "Behavour on recallng the effect step" to "Dm to...". At the same tme, defne the tme requred to dm to the brghtness values. The brghtness values of the effect concerned are dmmed to durng a recall. The dm fadng s actvated The tme n the parameter selecton defnes the duraton of the dmmng procedure requred to reach the brghtness value. The brghtness value of a group or a sngle devce at whch the dmmng starts has no sgnfcance. Thus, the dmmng procedure n case of an effect recall always requres the exact predefned tme for all groups, sngle devces and scenes. The confgured dmmng tme for the dm fadng of the effect functon may devate from the standard dmmng behavour of a group or a sngle devce. The DALI Gateway always works wth a standard fadng tme of 0.7 seconds. Ths value s automatcally programmed nto DALI operatng devces durng ntalsaton. If the dmmng behavour of an effect step now allows for another fadng tme, the Gateway wll reprogram all the assgned DALI operatng devces to the dmmng tme of the effect step drectly after recall. After the confgured brghtness value has been specfed, the Gateway mmedately reprograms the fadng tme back to the orgnal value. Ths reprogrammng takes place separately for each group, each sngle devce and each scene ntegrated nto the effect step n sequence va the DALI cable. As a result, the processng of an effect step becomes longer, the more groups, sngle devces or scenes are assgned to t. The "Delay untl next step" s only started when the last assgnment of an effect step has been processed. If scenes are ntegrated n an effect step, the dmmng behavour set for the scene s not effectve when an effect s recalled. The confgured dmmng behavour of an effect s of more mportance. Settng a delay between effect steps Durng an effect run-through, effect steps are processed n sequence, accordng to ther number. When all the brghtness values of an effect step have been set, the effect controller wats for the set "Delay untl the next step". Then the next step s recalled. o In the parameter node "Effects -> [x] Effect name -> [y] Step" (x = / y = ), confgure the parameter "Delay untl next step" to the requred tme. When an effect step s recalled, the effect controller sets all the brghtness values accordng to the specfcaton and then wats the set tme. Only then s the next step recalled. In the "00:00.0" settng, the ndvdual steps are recalled wthout delay after ther processng. Assgned sngle devces are contacted n turn by the effect controller, because the devces are addressed ndvdually usng ther short address. Ths slows down processng of an effect step. In addton, ths nfluences the processng tme of an effect step, f the dmmng behavour allows for dmmng tmes other than the standard (0.7 seconds). The more groups or sngle devces are assgned to an effect step, the slower the effect step edtng wll be. The "Delay untl next step" s only started when the last assgnment of an effect step has been processed. Page 131 of 229

132 Emergency lghtng Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The DALI Gateway can be ntegrated nto DALI emergency lghtng systems. It allows nterference-free operaton of operatng devces, general lghtng systems and emergency lghtng operatng devces of the same DALI system. The devce s able to ntegrate standard DALI operatng devces for lghtng control accordng to IEC (DALI System) and IEC (Control Gear) nto centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems as an emergency lght. Alternatvely or addtonally, the DALI Gateway permts the control and functon montorng of ndvdual battery-operated emergency lghtng operatng devces accordng to IEC The applcaton prncples of a DALI emergency lghtng system (emergency lght system, scope of emergency operaton, types of emergency lghts) are descrbed n more detal n the chapter "Applcaton prncples - DALI emergency lghtng systems" (see page 50). The statutory and standard specfcatons vary from country to country. In any event, the user / techncal planner should check whether the specfc specfcatons should be mantaned. The functon "Emergency lghtng" s enabled f the parameter "Integraton of emergency lghts?" n the ETS plug-n of the DALI Gateway n the parameter node "General", s set to "yes" per lmtng value. In ths case, the parameter node "Emergency lghts", whch contans all the relevant parameters for confgurng the emergency lghtng functon, becomes vsble. The followng chapters descrbe the confguraton of ndvdual functons of emergency lght ntegraton n the ETS plug-n General confguratons Emergency lghts system The parameter "Emergency lght system" n the "Emergency lght" parameter node specfes whch system s used to mplement emergency lght operaton. From ths, t s possble to derve whch DALI operatng devces are used... - Settng "Centrally-suppled": No emergency lghts wth specal DALI operatng devces are used n an emergency lghtng system, suppled by group or central battery systems. Instead, standard devces are used accordng to the basc DALI standards. These devces, whch are prmarly ntended to control general DALI lghtng systems, usually only possess one mans voltage connecton and do not possess a battery for self-supply, should the mans voltage fal. - Settng "Sngle-battery-operated": Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts are ndependently functonng lghts wth ntegrated supply battery and DALI ballast. If there s fault-free mans operaton, the lght s supply by mans voltage and the battery charged permanently. If the mans fals, the ballast swtches to the battery supply. As a result, the battery then assumes the supply of the lght for a specfc tme. - Settng "Sngle-battery-operated & centrally-suppled": In general, centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems can be combned wth snglebattery-operated emergency lghts n a DALI nstallaton. Ths s a coexstence of both systems, whch do not nfluence each other, are functonally ndependent and are also controlled and dagnosed separately by the DALI Gateway, f possble. When both systems are combned, we recommend ntegratng the KNX system and DALI Gateway nto the central emergency power supply, so that dagnoss and control tasks va KNX reman ntact, even f there s a falure. Dependng on the settng of the parameter "Emergency lght system", other parameters wll become vsble, n order to confgure the ndvdual systems. Page 132 of 229

133 Emergency lghts overall status The DALI Gateway s able to evaluate the operatng status of all the DALI operatng devces ntegrated nto the emergency operaton n accordance wth the transferred error status (see page 66), and to make them avalable collectvely to other KNX devces n the form of 1-bt feedback va the object "Feedback, emergency lghts, complete". The status of all the electronc ballasts ntegrated nto centrally-suppled and sngle-battery-operated emergency operaton s evaluated - provded that these systems are ntended n the confguraton. If the Gateway only detects a malfuncton of only one operatng devce or of multple operatng devces, t wll set the object value to "1". Otherwse (error-free system), the object value s set to "0". Ths allows the central dsplay of the complete status of a DALI emergency lghtng system, e.g. on a KNX vsualsaton, meanng that further analyses (e.g. evaluaton of the error statuses or the test results) can be carred out. The test result of the functon, contnuous operaton and battery tests s used to dentfy an error for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts. The dentfcaton s supplemented by the evaluaton of the DALI error status (always for centrally-suppled DALI operatng devces). An error s also present when the Gateway can no longer set up communcaton to an operatng devce ntegrated n emergency operaton. The complete status feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. If used as an actve message object, the complete status feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, should an error be present. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be tme-delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all devce feedback together (see page 73). If a tme delay s requred, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return" must be set to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), transmsson of the actve message telegram takes place mmedately after a devce reset and f there s an error. Optonally, the complete status feedback, n ts functon as an actve sgnallng object, can also be transmtted cyclcally, n addton to transmsson on an update. The parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" specfes whether cyclcal transmsson s enabled or not. If enabled, the parameter "Tme for cyclcal transmsson" on the same parameter page wll defne the cycle tme. Page 133 of 229

134 Confguratons for centrally-suppled emergency lghts Scope of emergency operaton Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" In centrally-suppled emergency lghtng systems, a dstncton s made as to whch parts of the electrcal buldng nstallaton are suppled by the emergency power supply. The parameter "Scope of emergency operaton" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrallysuppled" (avalable f the emergency lght system allows for centrally-suppled electronc ballasts) defnes the scope of the emergency lghtng systems... - "Emergency lghts" settng: In ths applcaton, ether all or just ndvdual DALI operatng devces are connected to the emergency power supply. The KNX system and DALI Gateway are not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that f the mans voltage fals, these subsystems wll no longer functon. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. - "Emergency lghts & KNX system" settng: In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces as well as the power supply of the KNX system are connected to the emergency power supply. The DALI Gateway s not suppled wth emergency power, whch means that t wll no longer functon f the mans voltage fals. If there s a fault, there s no DALI voltage because the power supply of the Gateway s no longer workng. Snce the KNX system contnues workng wthout nterrupton f the mans power fals, mans falure messages that the Gateway can produce before swtch-off (feedback of supply voltage falure) can be evaluated and processed. - "Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway" settng: In ths applcaton, all or ndvdual DALI operatng devces, the power supply of the KNX system and the mans voltage connecton of the DALI Gateway are connected to the emergency power supply. If there s a fault, DALI voltage wll reman snce the power supply of the Gateway contnues workng. Ths applcaton offers the greatest flexblty, snce the DALI Gateway can contnue to control the operatng devces. In ths applcaton, the DALI operatng devces do not swtch automatcally to the "System Falure Level". Instead, the Gateway controls selected operatng devces at a specal brghtness value for emergency operaton. Ths brghtness can be confgured n the ETS plug-n wthn the lmts of mnmum and maxmum brghtness f necessary. Alternatvely, t s possble to defne no specal behavour at the begnnng of emergency operaton. In ths case, the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set brghtness value. Integraton of operatng devces The Gateway requres the nformaton of whch of the DALI operatng devces are ntegrated nto centrally-suppled emergency operaton. Furthermore, t s necessary to defne the brghtness value or the behavour for emergency operaton. Each group and devce of the sngle addressng n the project desgn has specal parameters for ths purpose. These parameters are avalable n the parameter node "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> "Emergency lghts, centrally-suppled" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Emergency lghts, centrally-suppled". Page 134 of 229

135 Regardless of whether the scope of emergency operaton also ncludes the Gateway (see parameter "Scope of emergency operaton"), the behavour of all the electronc ballasts of a DALI group or all the sngle devces n emergency operaton can be nfluenced dfferently... - Emergency operaton only comprses DALI lghts: Due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton as the brghtness value. Ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. By default, the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. Optonally, ths value - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - can be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. For ths purpose, set the parameter "Defne separate brghtness value for emergency operaton?" to "yes". The parameter "Brghtness value n emergency operaton" then avalable defnes the value for the "System Falure Level" regardless of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure. - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts and KNX system: Even n ths case, due to the swtched-off DALI voltage, the operatng devces suppled wth emergency current set the "System Falure Level" saved n the devce at the begnnng of emergency operaton. As n the applcaton "Emergency operaton only comprses DALI lghts", ths brghtness value was wrtten by the DALI Gateway to the DALI operatng devces after ETS commssonng. Optonally, the value can - rrespectve of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure - be set to a separate brghtness value for emergency operaton. For ths purpose, set the parameter "Defne separate brghtness value for emergency operaton?" to "yes". The parameter "Brghtness value n emergency operaton" then avalable defnes the value for the "System Falure Level" regardless of the behavour n case of bus voltage falure. - Emergency operaton comprses DALI lghts, KNX system and DALI Gateway (recommended applcaton): In ths applcaton, the DALI operatng devces do not swtch automatcally to the "System Falure Level". Instead, the Gateway controls selected operatng devces to the brghtness value specfed by the parameter "Brghtness at the start of emergency operaton". Ths parameter s avalable f the parameter "Defne behavour at the start of emergency operaton?" s confgured to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), the operatng devces assgned to emergency operaton reman at the last set brghtness values. The brghtness value specfed by the parameter "Brghtness at the start of emergency operaton" s also entered nto the DALI operatng devces as the System Falure Level. If the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway should fal, and consequently the DALI voltage, the operatng devces affected wll also set themselves to ths brghtness value. If the parameter s unavalable (parameter "Defne behavour at the start of emergency operaton?" set to "no"), the "System Falure Level" s defned by the "Behavour n case of bus voltage falure" parameter of a group or sngle devce. DALI groups or sngle devces ntegrated n centrally-suppled emergency lghtng operaton or sngle devces correspondng to the DALI devce type "Emergency lght, sngle-batteryoperated" cannot be assgned to any scenes or effects. Assgnments to scenes and effects are lost f the ntegraton of groups or devces takes place later n emergency operaton. In these cases, the ETS plug-n warns of losng assgnments. Montorng power supply falure If the scope of emergency operaton also allows for the ntegraton of the DALI Gateway, the Gateway wll actvate emergency operaton. It nstgates all the approprate actons on the KNX and the DALI page. Identfcaton of a mans falure as the cause of emergency operaton can take place n dfferent ways. Ether the Gateway automatcally dentfes whether mans voltage s present (nternal falure messages) or not usng the dagnoss of the DALI operatng devces. Ths s possble through contactng and readng out all commssoned DALI devces. If a number of these devces specfed by the programmer do not respond, the Gateway wll assume that the mans voltage has faled. In addton, or alternatvely, a KNX telegram can nform the Gateway that emergency operaton Page 135 of 229

136 s to be actvated (external falure message). Ths s useful, for example, when a KNX bnary nput s montorng the mans voltage and transmts a message telegram f there s a mans falure. The parameter "Montorng for the falure of the general power supply?" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway" defnes whether the detecton of a mans voltage falure wll take place usng an nternal DALI falure message or, alternatvely, usng an external KNX falure message. Both optons can be combned and lnked logcally (AND, OR), whch means that a hgher guarantee of detecton or redundancy can be mplemented durng falure detecton. - Internal DALI falure message: Wth the nternal DALI falure message, all the planned and commssoned DALI operatng devces are polled cyclcally (same nterval n seconds as for determnng the error status). Should one of the devces no longer respond to the Gateway, the operatng devce concerned wll be saved nternally as "faled". As a result, the DALI Gateway wll assume that the mans voltage supply of the DALI operatng devce has faled. In the ETS plug-n, the parameter "Maxmum number of faled devces" (1...64) can be used to defne how many devces must be dentfed as "faled" for the Gateway to actvate emergency operaton. If the number of faled devces reaches or exceeds the confgured lmt value, then falure of the general mans power supply s assumed. If the lmt value was not reached, the Gateway wll reman n normal operaton. The standard settng of the parameter "Maxmum number of faled devces" s "64", whch means that all the DALI operatng devces must fal before emergency operaton s actvated. Ths number s not usually reached n practcal applcatons snce emergency lghtng systems always have some electronc ballasts ntegrated nto the central emergency power supply or are operated wth sngle batteres. Consequently, these operatng devces do not fal n the event of a mans voltage falure and can therefore not be dentfed by the Gateway as "faled", whch means that the maxmum lmt value of 64 operatng devces can never be reached. If the nternal DALI falure message s beng used, the parameter "Maxmum number of faled devces" must always then be set to the requred number of devces and thus adjusted to the number of DALI subscrbers n the DALI system whch are not suppled wth emergency current. - External KNX falure message: In the case of the external KNX falure message, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. bnary nput) can nform the DALI Gateway va the 1-bt object ("Falure, external supply") that the general mans voltage supply has faled. Wth ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton. The telegram polarty of the object s fxed: "1" = Mans voltage has faled, "0" = Mans voltage avalable. Updates to the object "Falure, external supply" from "1" to "1" or "0" to "0" do not produce any reacton. If the nternal and external falure messages are nterlnked, the Gateway wll then use the set logcal lnk to test whether emergency operaton s to be actvated or not. In the settng "Falure message DALI OR KNX (nternal OR external"), the Gateway must ether have ndependently dentfed that the defned number of DALI devces has faled, or must have been nformed externally about the mans falure. Only one postve falure message s decsve n actvatng emergency operaton. In the settng "Falure message DALI AND KNX (nternal AND external)", both the nternal and external evaluaton must be postve n order for the emergency operaton to be actvated If only one falure message s actve, emergency operaton wll not be actvated. In addton, actve emergency operaton wll be termnated as soon as a falure message becomes nactve agan. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on the Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), emergency operaton s always deactvated. Page 136 of 229

137 Message: Falure, general supply A 1-bt falure telegram can be transmtted to the KNX as feedback ether through the nternal falure message, or alternatvely, through the external falure message, provded that the Gateway has actvated emergency operaton. Ths allows other bus devces evaluatng ths feedback (e.g. other KNX DALI Gateways) to react and also actvate emergency operaton. Automatc dentfcaton of a mans voltage falure s usually not necessary wth these devces, whch means that only one DALI Gateway n the KNX system needs to be ntegrated actvely nto mans falure detecton. If necessary, the object "Feedback, supply falure" s enabled by the parameter "Message, general supply falure?" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway". Ths object causes telegram transmsson as soon as the Gateway actvates ("1 telegram / mans voltage faled) or deactvates ("0" telegram / mans voltage avalable agan) emergency operaton. After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on the Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), emergency operaton s always deactvated. No telegram transmsson takes place va the object "Feedback, supply falure", not even f emergency operaton was actve before the reset. "Feedback, supply falure" s transmtted mmedately as soon as the Gateway detects the falure or return of the mans voltage. It should be noted that the deactvaton of emergency operaton after the return of mans voltage can take place after a delay (see page ). Feedback s not generated f emergency operaton was actvated or deactvated usng the object "Emergency operaton, external message". Reacton to external message The DALI Gateway does not need to montor ts own DALI system or external falure messages tself n order to dentfy the falure of the general mans voltage supply and thus to actvate emergency operaton. Optonally, t can be swtched to emergency operaton by an external message. When usng the external message, only one DALI Gateway (Master) n the KNX system needs to be ntegrated actvely nto mans falure detecton. All other Gateways - f avalable - wll then evaluate the external feedback of ths Master. Alternatvely, a Gateway can be controlled usng the external message from any KNX devce. If necessary, the object "Emergency operaton, external message" s enabled by the parameter "Allow reacton to external message?" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrallysuppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway". Usng ths 1-bt object, a dfferent KNX bus devce (e.g. another DALI Gateway -> lnk to the object "Feedback, supply falure") can nform the DALI Gateway that emergency operaton has been actvated. Through ths, the Gateway then actvates emergency operaton, wthout havng to dentfy the falure of the general mans voltage supply tself. The telegram polarty s fxed: "1" = Mans voltage has faled / Actvate emergency operaton, "0" = Mans voltage avalable / Deactvate emergency operaton. In specal cases, t s possble to combne the montorng for falures n the mans voltage supply (through an nternal and/or external falure message) wth the reacton to an external message. Ths s useful, for example, when the Gateway s to montor the exstence of mans voltage ndependently and, n addton, t must be possble to execute the forced actvaton and deactvaton of emergency operaton - for example for servcng purposes. Emergency operaton can be controlled ndependently usng the object "Emergency operaton, external message" to montor for falures n the general mans voltage supply. Behavour at the end of emergency operaton If the Gateway deactvates emergency operaton (due to nternal or external falure montorng of the mans voltage or an external message telegram), all the DALI groups or sngle devces ntegrated n the centrally-suppled emergency operaton are swtched to defned brghtness states. The behavour at the end of emergency operaton s specfed globally by the parameter Page 137 of 229

138 of the same name n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway". Ths means that the swtchng off or the actvaton of a defned brghtness value can be confgured. Alternatvely, the brghtness value actve before emergency operaton or the brghtness value tracked nternally durng emergency operaton can be set. As a fnal alternatve, t s possble to retan the current state of all operatng devces. In the "Brghtness value" settng, values n the range 0.1% % can be confgured. The mnmum and maxmum values of the ndvdual DALI groups or sngle devces are not taken nto account here when settng the parameter. If brghtness values that undershoot the ndvdual mnmum values or exceed the maxmum values are defned for the behavour at the end of emergency operaton, then the groups or sngle devces concerned are lmted to the correspondng lmt values. Deactvaton of emergency operaton and thus the executon of the behavour at the end of emergency operaton can take place after a delay. A tme delay s advsable n order to gve DALI operatng devces wthout an emergency supply suffcent tme after the return of mans voltage to swtch on at the operatng brghtness. The delay tme means that DALI emergency lghts are only swtched off or swtched to normal operaton when the standard lghtng s ready for operaton. The parameter "Delay tme at the end of emergency operaton" defnes the perod of tme from the dentfcaton of the return of mans voltage untl the actual deactvaton of emergency operaton. In the "00:00" settng, emergency operaton s deactvated wthout a delay. If the mans voltage fals agan durng a delay or an external message telegram forces the Gateway nto emergency operaton, emergency operaton wll reman actvated wthout nterrupton. Feedback emergency operaton The DALI Gateway s able to make the state of emergency operaton avalable on the KNX n the form of 1-bt feedback va the object "Feedback, emergency operaton status". Ths allows other KNX bus devces to be nformed about emergency operaton n order to control dsplays for users (e.g. n a vsualsaton) or to carry out further actons (e.g. remote forwardng va the telephone or IP data network through sutable KNX components). If emergency operaton s actvated, the Gateway sets the object value to "1". Otherwse (emergency operaton deactvated), the object value s set to "0". If the feedback functon s to be used, t must be enabled n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Centrally-suppled -> Emergency lghts & KNX system & DALI Gateway -> Feedback, emergency operaton" usng the parameter "Feedback 'Emergency operaton status'?". The emergency operaton feedback can be used as an actve message object or as a passve status object. As an actve message object, the feedback nformaton s also drectly transmtted to the bus whenever there s an update. As a passve status object, there s no telegram transmsson after an update. In ths case, the object value must be read out. The ETS automatcally sets the object communcaton flags requred for proper functonng. If used as an actve message object, the feedback state s transmtted to the bus after bus or mans voltage return or after programmng wth the ETS, provded that emergency operaton s actvated. In these cases, the feedback telegram can be tme-delayed wth the delay beng preset globally for all devce feedback together (see page 73). If a tme delay s requred, the parameter "Tme delay for feedback after bus voltage return?" must be set to "yes". Otherwse ("no" settng), transmsson of the actve message telegram takes place mmedately after a devce reset and f there s actve emergency operaton. Optonally, the emergency operaton feedback n ts functon as an actve sgnallng object can also be transmtted cyclcally, n addton to transmsson on an update. The parameter "Cyclcal transmsson of feedback telegram?" specfes whether cyclcal transmsson s enabled or not. If enabled, the parameter "Tme for cyclcal transmsson" on the same parameter page wll defne the cycle tme. Page 138 of 229

139 After a devce reset (mans voltage falure and return on the Gateway, ETS programmng operaton), emergency operaton s always deactvated. No telegram transmsson takes place va the actve object "Feedback, emergency operaton status", not even f emergency operaton was actve before the reset. Page 139 of 229

140 Confguratons for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts Integraton of operatng devces DALI operatng devces are automatcally ntegrated nto sngle-battery-operated emergency operaton, provded that they are confgured to the devce type "Emergency lght, sngle-batteryoperated". The confguraton of the devce type s possble for each ndvdually-addressed devce, provded that the ntegraton of emergency lghts s enabled n the general devce confguraton. For each sngle devce, the parameter "Devce type" s located n the parameter node "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast". Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed devces can be supplemented by a general test of the DALI devce types n the course of DALI commssonng. For t to be possble to carry out the test, the parameter "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" n the "General" parameter node must be confgured to "yes". Even f ths parameter s set to "no", t s possble to confgure devce types for ndvdual devces, provded that the ntegraton of emergency lghts s possble. Ths allows the Gateway to dentfy whch devces are ntended for sngle-battery-operated emergency operaton rrespectve of the DALI commssonng. Some DALI operatng devces have the devce type "Multtype". Such devces can be ntegrated nto the emergency lght functon for sngle-battery emergency lghts, provded that these are enabled for ths applcaton. The ETS plug-n dentfes ths by readng out specfc propertes durng DALI commssonng. Multtype can normally be used for general lghtng tasks and emergency lghtng applcatons. There are, however, some multtypes whch are unsutable for sngle-battery-operated emergency lghtng applcatons. Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts have a specal brghtness value n the devce memory. Ths brghtness value defnes the brghtness of the connected lghtng for emergency operaton (Emergency Level) and s defned separately for each emergency lght n the ETS plug-n usng the parameter "Brghtness for actve emergency lghtng" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballasts -> Emergency lghts, sngle-batteryoperated". The brghtness for emergency operaton can be set n the ETS plug-n between the lmts 0.1 % % regardless of the confgured mnmum and maxmum brghtness. The planned brghtness value s programmed nto the DALI operatng devces durng the ntalsaton operaton after an ETS programmng operaton. The brghtness for emergency operaton must be wthn the lmts "Emergency Mn Level" and "Emergency Max Level" of the emergency lght operatng devces. Otherwse, the brghtness value s undefned. The lmt values are usually specfed by the manufacturer of the operatng devces. Please refer to the documentaton of the emergency lght operatng devces n order to correctly determne the brghtness value for emergency operaton. As part of devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng, sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts must always be assgned to planned sngle devces (sngle addressng), provded that these operatng devces are to execute an emergency lght functon. Assgnment to group-related sngle devces (group addressng) s possble, but only on condton that these operatng devces can only be used for standard lghtng control (f supported by the operatng devce) and not for emergency lghtng applcatons. Behavour at the end of emergency operaton After the return of general supply voltage, sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts automatcally deactvate emergency operaton and return to normal operaton. Electronc ballasts of ths type normally then swtch off the lght. Deactvaton of emergency operaton can take place after a delay ndvdually for each sngle-battery-operated electronc ballast. A tme delay s advsable n order to gve DALI operatng devces wthout an emergency supply suffcent tme after the return of mans voltage to swtch on at the operatng brghtness. The delay tme means that DALI emergency lghts are only swtched off or swtched to normal operaton when the standard lghtng s ready for operaton. The parameter "Delay tme after return of the general voltage supply" n the parameter node Page 140 of 229

141 "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Emergency lghts, sngle-batteryoperated" defnes the perod of tme from the dentfcaton of the return of mans voltage untl the actual deactvaton of emergency operaton ("Prolongaton Tme"). In the "0 seconds" settng, emergency operaton s deactvated wthout a delay. Test functons Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts are usually able to perform functon and contnuous operaton tests. In many countres, safety requrements stpulate that such tests be performed for emergency lghtng equpment (e.g. IEC Automatc test systems for battery powered emergency escape lghtng). The DALI Gateway makes t possble to carry out functon and contnuous operaton tests usng external or automatc starts and to make the test results avalable separately for each DALI operatng devce va KNX telegram. The KNX DLI Gateway can have the followng test functons controlled and executed ndvdually for each commssoned, sngle-battery-operated emergency lght... - Functon test: Durng a functon test, the general functon of the emergency lght s tested and logged. If the test was ntated, the sngle-battery-operated electronc ballast to be tested automatcally tests the functon of the nternal converter and the swtchng unt, and evaluates the current capacty of the battery. The functon test makes t possble to determne that all the devce functons are workng properly and the battery s ntact. The functon test makes the followng test results avalable: "Converter error" (defectve devce), "Battery error" and "Error, emergency lamp". In addton, the chargng state of the battery s logged. Furthermore, the Gateway sgnals whether the maxmum tme of the functon test has elapsed (the electronc ballast could not perform the test n the tme prescrbed by the electronc ballast manufacturer). If any errors are detected on an electronc ballast durng the functon test, the Gateway wll also set the error bts "Electronc ballast error", "Converter error" and / or "Lamp error" of the DALI error status (see page 66). Consequently, errors n sngle-battery-operated electronc ballasts can also be dentfed ndependently for the dagnoss of DALI emergency lghts. A functon test can ether be actvated automatcally (cyclcally wthn confgurable repeat tmes) or addtonally by a user command va KNX telegram. Functon tests are frequently performed on a weekly bass, dependng on natonal drectves. The length of a functon test, and thus the tme untl the test result s made avalable by the Gateway after the start of a test, s dependent on the chargng level of the battery. The electronc ballast to be tested normally assumes a low chargng capacty so that the functon test to be carred out wthout nterruptons. The electronc ballast wll delay the executon of the functon test for as long as the requred chargng capacty of the battery s not reached. Wth suffcent battery chargng, the actual functon test often only takes a few seconds. The length of a functon test generally depends on the specfcatons of the electronc ballast manufacturer wth regard to the actual battery chargng and s therefore absolutely ndvdual. Page 141 of 229

142 - Contnuous operaton test: Durng a contnuous operaton test, the functon of the battery s tested and logged. If the test has been ntated, the sngle-battery-operated electronc ballast to be tested automatcally tests the battery capacty by contnuously swtchng on the emergency lamp and evaluates whether unnterrupted emergency operaton s guaranteed for the specfed rated operatng perod. The functon test provdes the test result "Battery error". Furthermore, the Gateway sgnals whether the maxmum tme of the contnuous operaton test has elapsed (the electronc ballast could not perform the test wthn the tme prescrbed by the electronc ballast manufacturer). A contnuous operaton test s consdered as havng faled f the determned battery operatng length was too short. Amongst other thngs, the Gateway makes the length of the successful or faled test operaton avalable n the range mnutes. Should errors be detected on an electronc ballast durng the contnuous operaton test, the Gateway wll also set the error bt "Electronc ballast error" of the DALI error status (see page 66). Consequently, errors n sngle-battery-operated electronc ballasts can also be dentfed ndependently for the dagnoss of DALI emergency lghts. A contnuous operaton test can ether be actvated automatcally (cyclcally wthn confgurable repeat tmes) or addtonally by a user command va KNX telegram. Contnuous operaton tests are usually performed on an annual bass, dependng on natonal drectves. The length of a contnuous operaton test, and thus the tme untl the test result s made avalable by the Gateway after the start of a test, s dependent on the chargng level of the battery and the specfcatons of the electronc ballast manufacturer. The electronc ballast to be tested normally assumes a hgh or full chargng capacty (dependng on type) so that the contnuous operaton test can be carred out wthout nterruptons. The electronc ballast wll delay the executon of the contnuous operaton test for as long as the requred chargng capacty of the battery s not reached. In the case of some electronc ballasts, the mans voltage must be avalable wthout nterrupton for several hours before a contnuous operaton s actually performed by the electronc ballast. Wth suffcent battery chargng the actual contnuous operaton test often takes a few hours. Durng ths tme, the electronc ballast actvates emergency lght operaton. The length of a contnuous operaton test s generally dependent on the specfcatons of the electronc ballast manufacturer wth regard to the actual battery chargng and the load tme of the battery and s therefore absolutely ndvdual. - Lmted contnuous operaton test: The lmted contnuous operaton test prmarly works lke the contnuous operaton test, wth the dfference that the Gateway specfes the test length. In ths applcaton, the Gateway actvates and termnates the contnuous operaton test accordng to the user command va KNX specfcaton. Ths means that the test can be reduced to a few mnutes provded that the techncal condtons are fulflled (suffcent battery chargng). Before and after ths test, the chargng state and the operatonal readness of the battery can be polled by evaluatng the test result. Through approprate dfference formaton of the two chargng states, KNX devces can be used (e.g. vsualsaton) to evaluate the capacty of the battery wthout watng for the entre operatng length of the test to elapse. The lmted contnuous operaton test can be actvated separately for each electronc ballast usng the parameter "Actvate lmted contnuous operaton test?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Emergency lghts, snglebattery-operated" and can thus complement the normal contnuous operaton test snce ths s normally only carred out seldom (e.g. annually). The parameter "Test length of a lmted contnuous operaton test" n the parameter node "Emergency lghts -> Sngle-batteryoperated" globally defnes the length of the lmted contnuous operaton test for all snglebattery-operated electronc ballasts. Page 142 of 229

143 - Battery test: The battery test permts regular readng out of the current battery chargng state of a snglebattery-operated electronc ballast wthout havng to perform a functon or contnuous operaton test. Durng the battery test, t s not necessary to actvate emergency operaton, whch means that the emergency lamp s not controlled ether. The chargng state s read out as the result of a battery test and s made avalable as the test result. By evaluatng the test result, t s possble, for example, to detect a defectve battery due to possble selfdscharge easly before emergency lght operaton begns. The battery test can be actvated separately for each electronc ballast usng the parameter "Poll battery chargng state drectly?" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Emergency lghts, sngle-battery-operated". The test can be performed as often as requred. Some sngle-battery-operated electronc ballasts nternally reset the battery chargng state to "0" when the mans voltage s swtched on agan after a falure or a functon or contnuous operaton test was performed. Functon and contnuous tests can ether be actvated automatcally (cyclcally wthn confgurable repeat tmes) and addtonally or alternatvely wth a user command va KNX telegram. Automatc executon of the test functon s optonal and defned by the scope of functons of the sngle-battery-operated operatng devces. In the ETS plug-n, the project desgn of an electronc ballast only specfes the tme ntervals n whch the operatng devces are to perform the automatc functon and contnuous operaton tests. The parameter "Automatc functon test nterval" and "Automatc contnuous operaton test nterval" n the parameter node "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast -> Emergency lghts, sngle-batteryoperated" ndvdually specfy the repeat tmes for the two test functons ndependently. The parameter settngs are programmed nto the operatng devces durng the ntalsaton of the Gateway after an ETS programmng operaton. In the "Deactvated" settng, no automatc functon and contnuous operaton tests are carred out. Here, only manual startng of the test s possble usng the object "Emergency operaton test start / status". The operatng devces start and stop the automatc tests themselves. The Gateway reads out the test status of the operatng devces cyclcally and n sequence and can thus detect whether an automatc test has taken place and whether a test result s avalable. If ths s the case, the Gateway also puts the test result on the KNX page. Functon and contnuous operaton tests as well as the lmted contnuous operaton test and the battery test can be started manually ndependently of one another - and separately for each sngle-battery-operated electronc ballast - usng the 1-byte object "Emergency operaton test start / status". If manual startng of ndvdual tests s to be avalable, then the parameters "Actvate functon test externally?", "Actvate contnuous operaton test externally?", "Actvate lmted contnuous operaton test externally?" and "Poll battery chargng state drectly?" (battery test) n the parameter node "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballasts -> Emergency lghts, sngle-battery-operated" must all be confgured to "yes". If "no" s set, the tests concerned cannot be actvated usng the object "Emergency operaton test start / status". In the object, each test has a start bt and a status bt (Fgure 57). A test can be started explctly by settng the start bt to "1". At the end of the test, the Gateway makes the test result avalable n the object "Feedback, emergency operaton test". The object "Emergency operaton test start / status" s bdrectonal and also provdes the status of the test functons as status nformaton n the status bts. The status "1" means that the electronc ballast s currently performng a test. The status "0" means that no test s currently beng performed (test completed, cancelled or watng for a test). The status nformaton s readonly. It s possble to termnate a test early. To do ths, the value "0" can be wrtten to the object "Emergency operaton test start / status". In ths case, the test result s nvald. Therefore, the Gateway does not make a new test result avalable. Page 143 of 229

144 Fgure 57: Structure of the 1-byte object "Emergency operaton test start / status" The status nformaton of the object "Emergency operaton test start / status" can ether be actvely transmttng or can be read out passvely. The parameter "Transmt test status of the emergency lghts" n the parameter branch "Emergency lghts -> Sngle-battery-operated" provdes a global defnton for all programmed sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts of the Gateway as to whether the electronc ballast objects actvely transmt the ndvdual status automatcally when there s a change to the object value, or whether the values can only be read out passvely wth a read telegram. The object value changes occurs after completon of a manually-ntated or automatcally-executed functon or contnuous operaton test or after a completed battery test or a lmted contnuous operaton test. The executon of a functon test or a contnuous operaton (also lmted) by the controlled electronc ballast after the start command to the object "Emergency operaton test start / status" takes place after a delay, f start condtons are not yet fulflled (e.g. suffcent battery chargng). In some cases (e.g. close to mans voltage return), the executon of a test can thus by delayed by several hours. The status bts n the object only then dsplay that a test s runnng after the electronc ballast has actually started a test. In an actvely-transmttng object, the value of the "Emergency operaton test start / status" object s not always transmtted after an ETS programmng operaton or after mans voltage return on the DALI Gateway. The transmsson of the object value, and thus of the status nformaton, only takes place f an actve test was detected (e.g. automatc functon or contnuous operaton test). It s not possble to execute multple tests smultaneously. Commands to start a test are rejected for as long as another test s actve. In the case of multple set start bts n a telegram to the object "Emergency operaton test start / status", the value s declared nvald and not evaluated by the Gateway. The test results are logged separately for each sngle-battery-operated electronc ballast n a 3-byte status object. Ths object contans varous nformaton on the ndvdual test functons, whch are made avalable n a bt-orentated manner (Fgure 58). Thus Bts and 4 ndcate whch test functon was most recently completed successfully. Bts 3, 14 and 15 sgnal whether errors occurred n the tests, and Bts 8, 10 and 11 descrbe the error n greater detal. Bt 9 sgnals that the battery chargng tme was too short n order to complete the test properly. These bts are actve f they have the status "1". In the status "0", the nformaton s nactve (e.g. "No error") or rrelevant. After a functon test, before and after a lmted contnuous operaton test and after a battery test, the top 8 bts of the object (Bts ) contan the current battery chargng state ( > %). After a contnuous operaton test, these bts contan the length of the successful or Page 144 of 229

145 unsuccessful test operaton. The decmal value of these bts, multple by 2 mnutes, gves the length of the test ( mnutes). Fgure 58: Structure of the 3-byte object "Feedback, emergency operaton test" The value of the object "Feedback, emergency operaton test" can ether be actvely transmttng or can be read out passvely. The parameter "Transmt test result of the emergency lghts" n the parameter branch "Emergency lghts -> Sngle-battery-operated" provdes a global defnton for all programmed sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts of the Gateway, as to whether the electronc ballast objects actvely transmt the ndvdual test results automatcally when there s a change to the object value, or whether the values can only be read out passvely wth a read telegram. The object value changes when there s a new test result. Ths s the case after completon of a manually-ntated or automatcally-executed functon or contnuous operaton test. A completed battery test also produces a new test result. In addton, at the begnnng of a restrcted contnuous operaton test, the current battery chargng state s tracked n the test result. The test result provded n the object always contans the most recent result of the most recently started and ended test functon. In general, the test functons also nclude error states, dentfed as part of the evaluaton of the DALI error status (e.g. devce errors, converter errors, emergency lamp errors). A new test must be performed for these errors detected durng a DALI error status to be ntegrated nto the object "Feedback, emergency operaton test". Should a test have been cancelled early usng the "Emergency operaton, test start / status", then no new test result s provded. In an actvely-transmttng object, the value of the "Feedback, emergency operaton test" object s not always transmtted after an ETS programmng operaton or after mans voltage return on the DALI Gateway. The transmsson of the object value, and thus a new test result, only takes place f a test was successfully completed beforehand (e.g. automatc functon or contnuous operaton test). Page 145 of 229

146 DALI commssonng Startng DALI commssonng It s easy to confgure the devces of the DALI Gateway, ncludng the confguraton of the DALI groups, the sngle devces, the scenes and effects usng the plug-n embedded n the ETS. In addton, DALI commssonng va the KNX bus cable can also be performed usng the plug-n. No addtonal tool and no specal programmng connecton s requred. DALI commssonng must be performed after devce confguraton has been completed (all groups and sngle devces created / scenes, effects and emergency lghts confgured / all group addresses assgned). In addton, t s necessary that the DALI Gateway has been programmed wth the ETS at least once before DALI commssonng so that the devce has a physcal address and the applcaton program s loaded (see page 13). DALI commssonng s not necessary, and thus not avalable n the ETS plug-n f the addressng allows for a master control (see page 41). Important note: Durng DALI commssonng, ensure that the entre DALI system s swtched on and ready for operaton. It s not possble, for example, to swtch off prevously commssoned electronc ballasts or to dsconnect them from the DALI cable. Durng the entre commssonng process, fault-free communcaton must be guaranteed between the DALI Gateway and all DALI operatng devces. If the necessary requrements have been fulflled, "DALI commssonng" can be executed on the parameter page of the same name n the plug-n. After selectng the commssonng page and successful communcaton wth the DALI Gateway, the commssonng envronment becomes vsble n the rght-hand pane of the plug-n (Fgure 59). Fgure 59: DALI commssonng envronment n the ETS plug-n When the commssonng envronment s recalled, the plug-n frst tres to communcate wth the DALI Gateway va the bus connecton of the ETS (Fgure 60), and checks whether DALI Page 146 of 229

147 commssonng s possble. For ths reason, the DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mans voltage supply must be swtched on when DALI commssonng s recalled. In addton, the ETS must have a functonng communcatons nterface to the bus (e.g. USB or KNXnet/IP). In ths stuaton, the Gateway does not check the functon of the DALI cable. If t s not be possble to setup a connecton to the DALI Gateway n ths stuaton, the plug-n wll termnate commssonng. The commssonng envronment wll become vsble even though the commssonng functons are not avalable. The followng secton lsts the causes for a faulty connecton and the approprate remedes... - Cause: No functonng ETS communcaton nterface to the KNX. Remedy: Check, and f necessary, setup the connecton n the ETS. - Cause: Physcal address and applcaton program not prevously programmed by the ETS. Remedy: Close the plug-n and frst program the physcal address and applcaton program. - Cause: KNX bus voltage on the DALI Gateway or the local data nterface not connected or swtched on. Remedy: Connect and swtch on the bus voltage. - Cause: Mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway not swtched on. Remedy: Swtch on the mans supply on the Gateway. DALI commssonng can only be carred out f the applcaton program programmed n the ETS s also avalable n the Gateway,.e. was loaded nto the devce n a prevous ETS programmng operaton. For ths purpose, the applcaton number and the applcaton verson n the devce are tested. If ths data does not match the specfcatons of the ETS project, the ETS plug-n wll not offer any further commssonng functons. Here, the applcaton program confgured n the ETS must frst be loaded nto the Gateway. Ths nformaton must partcularly be observed n the case of dfferent language varants (each varant has a dfferent applcaton verson). Fgure 60: Settng up a bus connecton to the DALI Gateway for DALI commssonng Next, DALI commssonng can be carred out, for example by assgnng the DALI operatng devces to the confgured groups or sngle devces. Page 147 of 229

148 Performng DALI commssonng Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Durng DALI commssonng, the max. 64 DALI operatng devces of a DALI system are assgned to the programmed groups or sngle devces of the Gateway. Only ths assgnment creates the opton of controllng the DALI operatng devces ndvdually or jontly va the KNX. The "addressng type" defned n the ETS plug-n specfes whether group and/or sngle devce control s possble. Any number of DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups On the DALI sde, addressng takes place usng group addresses, whch the Gateway confgures nvsbly for the user and manages on ts own. Durng DALI commssonng, the operatng devces concerned are automatcally programmed accordngly. In contrast, only up to two DALI operatng devces can be assgned to groups Snce there are no DALI group addresses for these groups, DALI addressng takes place usng the devce short addresses, whch means that the operatng devces are addressed, and thus contacted, ndvdually. Alternatvely, DALI operatng devces can be addressed as sngle devces. The addressng of these devces takes place ndvdually usng the devce short addresses. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. The commssonng envronment of the plug-n s dvded up nto two panes. The rght-hand pane lsts the operatng devces found n the DALI system. The left-hand pane dsplays the created groups. The assgnment of the DALI devces to the programmed groups or sngle devces also takes place there (Fgure 61). The pane of the programmed DALI devces (A) dsplays all the groups and sngle devces confgured n the ETS plug-n. In the later course of DALI commssonng, ths area plays host to the assgnment to found electronc ballasts of the DALI system. Groups can contan multple electronc ballasts, whereby sngle devces can only ever contan one electronc ballast. Select whether the panel dsplays groups or sngle devces, thus allowng assgnments to these elements, by pressng the "Sngle devces" or "Groups" buttons n the top area of the pane. Sngle devces added to groups durng DALI commssonng or as part of offlne commssonng (see page ) are also avalable n the "Sngle devces" vew. Ths creates the opton of detectng all the programmed sngle devces centrally n just one commssonng wndow. Dfferent columns of the wndow of the programmed devces show the programmed short addresses of the devces (1...64), the devce names, optonally the DALI devce types (f the use of devce types s confgured) and the assgnment status of found electronc ballasts ("not assgned", "assgned"). The devces can be assgned ndvdually, ether n the project desgn of the sngle devces (under "Addressng -> Groups... -> [x] Group -> Sngle devces -> [x] Electronc ballast" or "Addressng -> Sngle devces... -> [x] Electronc ballast") or alternatvely, usng the "Rename" button n the control panel of the commssonng dalog (E). Ths allows clear labellng of the operatng devces (e.g. "Lamp, entrance area" or "Lght strp, wndow, south"). Page 148 of 229

149 A B C D E F Fgure 61: Panes of the commssonng envronment (A) Area of the programmed DALI devces (groups and sngle devces) (B) Area of the found DALI devces (DALI system) (C) Checkbox for multple assgnment of electronc ballasts to DALI groups (D) Checkbox for compatblty mode (see page ) (E) Control panel for dentfcaton of selected devces (F) Control panel for central swtchng of all devces and general reset functons In the pane for the found DALI devces (B), the plug-n shows all the electronc ballasts t could dentfy durng a search process. All the electronc ballasts dsplayed n ths area physcally exst n the DALI system. As a result, a maxmum of 64 operatng devces are dsplayed here. The wndow shows n dfferent columns a consecutve number for sortng the contents of the wndow, the short addresses of the devces (1...64) and the DALI devce types read out of the devces. The short address can only be dsplayed when a found devce has been assgned to a programmed devce (e.g. a sngle devce or a group). The status of the electronc ballast assgnment s only dsplayed n the pane of the found DALI devces when the button "Hde prevously selected DALI devces" was deselected n the commssonng dalog of the ETS plugn (C). Otherwse (normal case), prevously assgned electronc ballasts are not dsplayed n the rght-hand pane. "-" s dsplayed as the short address for all unassgned electronc ballasts. A name s also dsplayed n the pane of the found DALI devces. If operatng devces have not yet been assgned to any groups or sngle devces, the name s set by default to "Electronc ballast" and cannot be changed. Only when assgnment has been made does the wndow dsplay the programmed name of the devces, provded that already assgned DALI devces are not hdden. Actvatng the checkbox (D) allows optonal actvaton of the compatblty mode of the DALI commssonng. Ths means that the commssonng process becomes dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. Usng the buttons n the control panel (E), t s possble to dentfy devces selected n the panes (A) and (B) n the DALI system. These operatng devces can be made to swtch-on, swtch-off and flash (cyclcal ON and OFF). It s also possble to rename devces. In addton, a specal Page 149 of 229

150 dentfcaton functon s avalable for emergency lghts. Sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts are not usually desgned for smple lghtng operaton. For ths reason, such lghts to not respond to the commands to swtch the lghtng on and off, as used by the buttons "On", "Off" and "Flash devce". The commssonng dalog n the control panel (E) has two addtonal buttons to allow control of sngle-battery emergency lghts for dentfcaton purposes. Pressng the buttons "Emergency lghts on" and "Emergency lghts off" causes the Gateway to transmt specal commands to the selected devces, causng the controlled emergency lghts to control ther ndvdual dentfcaton dsplay. Ths dsplay s devce-dependent and s usually a status LED or an acoustc sgnal encoder. The buttons "Emergency lghts On" and "Emergency lghts Off" are only avalable f sngle-battery-operated emergency lghts were selected n the ETS plug-n. Other DALI lghts that are optonally ntegrated n centrally-suppled emergency lghtng operaton can be controlled usng the standard dentfcaton (swtch lghtng). By usng buttons n the control panel (F) t s possble to swtch all the operatng devces n the DALI system (broadcast) on and off centrally. In addton, t s possble to reset all the devces of the DALI nstallaton to the delvery states defned by the manufacturers by usng the "Reset" button. In ths operaton, all the assgnments to groups and sngle devces n the electronc ballasts are removed. Furthermore, the long and short addresses n the operatng devces are deleted. After the reset command has been executed, the pane of the found devces (B) no longer dsplays any electronc ballasts. A new search operaton must then be restarted to be able to perform new DALI commssonng. A reset should always be carred out wth cauton and only then when prevously commssoned electronc ballasts are ntegrated nto DALI systems at a later date, or f there are problems n DALI commssonng due to faulty commssonng steps (e.g. ndvdual parts of the DALI system swtched off, electronc ballasts removed, etc.). The DALI reset creates a clean DALI envronment as the bass for fault-free commssonng. Press the "Delete assgnment" button f only the assgnments of found electronc ballasts to the programmed groups or sngle devces are to be removed. Here, only the group assgnments n the operatng devces and the sngle devce assgnments n the confguraton of the ETS plug-n are deleted. Long and short addresses as well as other relevant parameters reman ntact n the electronc ballasts. It s not possble to reset ndvdual or specfc electronc ballasts. After a reset of the DALI system or after deleton of assgnments, t s always necessary to reload the applcaton program nto the DALI Gateway after commssonng usng the ETS. Searchng for DALI operatng devces Durng ntal commssonng, the connected DALI operatng devces must be searched for and dentfed. If the DALI Gateway has already been commssoned at least once, then the search for operatng devces s only requred f new devces were added to the DALI system or f the ETS product database was changed and hence the devce s completely reconfgured. At the end of DALI commssonng, the commssonng parameters (dentfed operatng devces wth long and short address, names of the operatng devces, group/devce assgnment and devce type) are wrtten to the ETS database and are thus saved. The saved data s dsplayed when the commssonng envronment s started. Durng ntal commssonng, no DALI operatng devces are dsplayed n the rght-hand wndow area (B) (Fgure 61). To contnue commssonng, the operatng devces connected to the DALI cable must frst be searched for. The DALI system must be fully connected and swtched on wthout nterruptons n order for the DALI Gateway to be able to fnd and dentfy all the connected DALI operatng devces durng the devce search. In addton, the mans voltage supply of the DALI Gateway must be swtched on. o Clck the "Search for devces" button n the commssonng envronment. The DALI Gateway searches for avalable DALI operatng devces. In so dong, the Gateway scans the DALI cable n stages and dentfes the connected devces successvely. Dependng on the number of connected electronc ballasts, the search operaton may take some tme. Durng the search operaton, the plug-n dsplays the progress of the search (Fgure 62). Page 150 of 229

151 Durng the search operaton, the Gateway tells the DALI operatng devces to create a random long address nternally. Ths only takes place for devces whch were dentfed as "newly found" at the begnnng of the search operaton. In addton, the Gateway already assgns short addresses n the background durng the search process, whch are then adapted usng group and devce assgnments n the course of commssonng and can thus be overwrtten. The plug-n uses the long addresses to dstngush between the found operatng devces beng detected for the frst tme and those devces whch were prevously detected durng commssonng. For ths, the plug-n compares the read-n long addresses wth the entres saved n the ETS database. Prevously unknown long addresses ndcate newly found devces. Takng ths dstncton nto account, the plug-n dsplays the newly found electronc ballasts n the search progress. In the case of frst DALI commssonng, all the found operatng devces are ndcated as "newly found". In later commssonng operatons, only those electronc ballasts are ndcated as newly found, whch were added to the DALI system. Accordng to the DALI specfcaton, all the DALI subscrbers must save the long address permanently (e.g. even durng mans voltage falures). Not all the DALI devces on the market support ths requrement. If such operatng devces are nstalled, compatblty mode should be actvated (see page ). Durng a search operaton, the Gateway then dentfes solely by means of the DALI short address (1...64) contaned n the devces. Ths means that electronc ballasts can be commssoned wthout accessng long addresses. After completon of the search operaton, all the dentfed operatng devces (both old and new) are lsted n the rght-hand pane of the commssonng envronment (Fgure 63). Fgure 62: Example of search progress durng a DALI operatng devce search Page 151 of 229

152 Fgure 63: Example of a devce lst after a search operaton An error on the DALI cable s not detected by the DALI Gateway durng a devce search. In the case of a short-crcut, for example, the Gateway attempts cyclcally to set up DALI communcaton. As ths s not possble, the plug-n remans permanently n the devce search. DALI operatng devces are not detected f there s a cable break, for example. Durng the devce search, all the connected DALI operatng devces swtch to mnmum brghtness. Ths makes t possble to determne whether the devces are actually functonng and react to the devce search. Assgnng groups After all the operatng devces connected to the DALI Gateway have been searched for and dentfed, the devces can be assgned to the programmed groups or sngle devces. The followng sectons document the ndvdual actons to be taken to create a group assgnment n the DALI commssonng envronment. The assgnment of DALI operatng devces to groups s only then possble when the addressng type allows for group control (see page 41). Assgnment always takes place by movng the devces lsted n the rght-hand secton nto the left-hand secton of the selected group. Assgnment s carred out by pressng the "<-" button between the two sectons, or alternatvely, by "drag and drop" wth the mouse. An assgnment can be removed agan by selectng an assgned operatng devce and, usng the "->" button or the mouse, shftng t back to the lst box of avalable DALI devces. It s possble to assgn multple operatng devces smultaneously, or to remove them from an assgnment. Each assgned electronc ballast requres a devce n the Gateway project desgn, so that the devce name, the short address and, optonally, the DALI devce type can be confgured. As a result, there s also a programmable sngle devce for each group assgnment of an electronc ballast. There are two optons for assgnng found electronc ballasts to a group Group assgnment by creatng a new sngle devce n the group Pressng the "<-" button automatcally creates a new sngle devce n the group. Here, no exstng, and as yet unassgned sngle devce of the group may be hghlghted. Alternatvely, Page 152 of 229

153 assgnment usng "Drag and Drop" wth the mouse s possble by draggng a found electronc ballast n the rght-hand pane and droppng t nto the left wndow n the area "<Add new devce>" (frst lst entry). The plug-n automatcally assgns the frst free short address to the new devce. The devce type s set accordng to the specfcaton of the found electronc ballast. 2. Group assgnment to an exstng sngle devce from the offlne commssonng In ths case, frst hghlght a sngle devce n the left-hand panel that was created durng offlne commssonng and has not yet been assgned (status "Not assgned"). After ths, a found electronc ballast can be assgned to ths sngle devce usng "<-". Alternatvely, assgnment wth the "drag and drop" functon usng the mouse s possble. Sngle devces of a group can be deleted usng the "Del" button on the PC keyboard and thus removed from the Gateway project desgn. The assgnments to found electronc ballasts are also lost as a result. The same apples f a sngle devce s deleted n the confguraton ndependently of the DALI commssonng dalog. In both cases, the plug-n warns of losng assgnments. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. For specal cases, t s possble to assgn operatng devces for group control to more than just one DALI group. In the standard case, assgnment of a DALI operatng devce s only possble n one devce. Ths makes devce assgnment clear, and the unque assgnment means that there are no group overlaps and, as a result, no nfluencng of confguraton and feedback values. If necessary, multple group assgnment can be enabled as an alternatve. To do ths, the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" (C) must be deselected n the Commssonng dalog of the plug-n (Fgure 61). Ths means that t s then possble to assgn DALI operatng devces to more than just one group durng onlne commssonng. DALI operatng devces can always be assgned to any group. However, we do not recommend assgnng the operatng devces to multple groups on the DALI sde. It s better to splt the devces up nto separate, non-overlappng groups and to create a KNX-sde lnk usng the group addressng n the ETS. Multple assgnment of operatng devces as part of offlne commssonng (creaton of new sngle devces n the tree structure of a group) s not possble. When edtng the short address n the parameter node of a group-related electronc ballast, no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronc ballasts of other groups. Procedure for group assgnment wth set checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" (standard case): o In the left-hand secton of the DALI commssonng envronment, select the requred group to whch the operatng devces are to be added (Fgure 64). Page 153 of 229

154 Fgure 64: Selectng a group o If new sngle devces are to be created (e.g. n empty groups), assgn one or more found DALI operatng devces usng "<-" or "Drag and Drop" wth the mouse. If an assgnment s to take place to avalable free sngle devces, frst hghlght these n the left pane and then assgn them usng "<-" or, alternatvely, usng "Drag and Drop" wth the mouse. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devces dsappear from the lst box and appear n the left-hand secton for the selected group (Fgure 65). The rght-hand pane contans only the remanng operatng devces, whch are not yet assgned to a group. Fgure 65: Operatng devce assgned to a group o Once agan, assgn one or more of the remanng DALI operaton devces to a group. Page 154 of 229

155 o In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devces dsappear from the lst box and appear n the left-hand secton for the selected group. Carry out assgnments for other groups as descrbed f necessary. Procedure for group assgnment wth deactvated checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" (specal case): o o In the left-hand secton of the DALI commssonng envronment, select the requred group to whch the operatng devces are to be added. Assgn one or more avalable DALI operaton devces to the group, as descrbed above. The assgned operatng devces reman vsble n the rght-hand secton and also appear n the left-hand secton for the selected group (Fgure 66). In the rght-hand area, these electronc ballasts receve the short address of the assgnment. Fgure 66: Operatng devce assgned to a group Here: Electronc ballast wth the address 3 s assgned to multple groups. o o If necessary, select a further group n the left-hand secton. Once agan, assgn one or more avalable DALI operaton devces to a group. If a prevously-assgned operaton devce s to be assgned to an addtonal group, the plugn sgnals that the devce has already been assgned to a dfferent group and that feedback of swtchng states and brghtness values may no longer be clear. After confrmaton of the message, the plug-n sets up the mult-group assgnment. Operatng devces assgned to multple groups are ndcated by "*". Multple assgnment of an electronc ballast to dfferent groups can only occur f a new devce s created by the assgnment. No new multple assgnment can be set up through the assgnment to an exstng devce. It s possble to remove the connecton of an electronc devce, whch s assgned multple tmes, n a group. In dong so, the assgnments to all the groups of the multple assgnment are lost! However, the sngle devces reman n the approprate groups of the project desgn (ndcated by "*"). Only the assgnment to the found electronc ballasts of the DALI system s removed. Such sngle devces n the project desgn can then be lnked agan to another electronc ballast. Ths electronc ballast then receves the multple assgnment agan. Page 155 of 229

156 o Even devces that have the ndcaton for a multple assgnment can be deleted from the left-hand secton of the commssonng wndow usng "Delete" on the keyboard. In dong so, only the sngle devce s lost n the project desgn of the approprate group, but not the other assgnments n other groups, however. Ths means that t s easy to correct a multple assgnment, f ths was created by mstake, for example. Carry out assgnments for other groups as descrbed f necessary. Multple operatng devces can be assgned to Groups Only up to two DALI operatng devces can be assgned to Groups DALI operatng devces assgned to multple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set usng one of the assgned groups. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status or the brghtness value of a group may not always be clear. Example 1: Group 2 s set to 10 % brghtness. After ths, Group 3 s dmmed to 20 % brghtness. The lghts of Group 3 assume the most recently recalled brghtness value: 20 %. The feedback of Group 2 remans at 10 % even though some of the operatng devces belongng to the group were set to 20 % brghtness. Example 2: Group 2 s swtched on and sets tself to the brghtness value 100 %. The status of Group 3 nternally n the DALI Gateway remans at 0 % brghtness (OFF). Now Group 3 s made brghter. The lghts of Group 3 adopt the dmmng behavour (becomng brghter from mnmum brghtness) even though these lghts have already been swtched on by Group 2. Each group can be confgured ndependently n the plug-n. Durng an ETS programmng operaton, the ndvdual DALI operatng devces are programmed wth the confguraton data of the assgned groups. In so dong, all the operatng devces assgned to a DALI group are commssoned dentcally. If, however, DALI operatng devces are assgned to multple groups, these devces wll then receve the project desgn of the group wth the hghest group number. Pressng the "Delete assgnment" button at the bottom edge of the commssonng envronment allows deleton of all the assgnments between the DALI operatng devces and the varous groups. Not only are the assgnments reset n the plug-n, but there s also an adjustment of the commssonng parameters of the DALI Gateway. For ths purpose, the plug-n sets up communcaton to the DALI Gateway va the bus connecton of the ETS and deletes all the assgnments n the devce memory there. The operaton may take some tme. The progress s dsplayed durng the Delete operaton. If the bus communcaton s faulty, the plug-n termnates the operaton wthout deletng the assgnments n the project desgn or n the devce. Prevously dentfed DALI operatng devces reman ntact, but wthout group assgnments. Pressng the "Standard" button resets all the commssonng parameters. Assgnments of DALI operatng devces to groups are lost n the project desgn and n the DALI Gateway when the "Standard" button s pressed n the commssonng envronment. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed devces can be supplemented by testng the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n wthn the course of an assgnment durng onlne commssonng compares the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters of the offlne confguraton. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The testng of the devce types s nfluenced by the "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" parameter n the parameter node "General". Assgnng sngle devces As an alternatve to the assgnment of electronc ballasts to groups, t s possble to assgn them to the devces of sngle addressng. The followng sectons document the ndvdual actons to be taken to create a sngle devce assgnment n the DALI commssonng envronment. The assgnment of DALI operatng devces to sngle devces s only then possble when the addressng type allows for devce control (see page 41). Page 156 of 229

157 Assgnment also takes place for sngle-addressed devces by movng the devces lsted n the rght-hand secton nto the left-hand secton (vew of all sngle devces). Assgnment s carred out by pressng the "<-" button between the two sectons, or alternatvely, by "drag and drop" wth the mouse. An assgnment can be removed agan by selectng an assgned operatng devce and, usng the "->" button or the mouse, shftng t back to the lst box of avalable DALI devces. In contrast to the assgnment of electronc ballasts to groups, t s not possble to assgn multple operatng devces smultaneously or to remove them from an assgnment. Each electronc ballast to be assgned requres a created sngle devce n the Gateway project desgn so that the devce name, the short address and, optonally, the DALI devce type can be confgured. In order to create an assgnment, a created sngle devce not prevously assgned (status "Not assgned") must frst be hghlghted. After ths, a found electronc ballast can be assgned to ths sngle devce usng "<-". Alternatvely, assgnment wth the "drag and drop" functon usng the mouse s possble. Sngle devces can be deleted usng the "Del" button on the PC keyboard and are thus removed from the Gateway project desgn. The assgnments to found electronc ballasts are also lost as a result. The same apples f a sngle devce s deleted n the confguraton ndependently of the DALI commssonng dalog. In both cases, the plug-n warns of losng assgnments. DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated only n sngle devce addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Operatng devces ntegrated n group control can no longer be addressed as a sngle devce. The reverse case apples n the same manner. o o In the left-hand secton of the DALI commssonng envronment, open the sngle devce vew and hghlght the sngle devce to be added to a found operatng devce. Then assgn a found electronc ballast usng "<-" or, alternatvely, by "drag and drop" functon usng the mouse. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devces dsappear from the lst box. The status of the selected sngle devce n the left-hand subarea swtches to "Assgned" (Fgure 67). The rght-hand pane contans only the remanng, not yet assgned operatng devces. If the checkbox "Hde prevously assgned DALI devces" has been deselected n the Commssonng dalog of the plug-n, assgned electronc ballasts reman vsble n the rghthand pane. Electronc ballasts assgned to programmed devces of the sngle addressng, cannot, however, be assgned to any other sngle devces (of the sngle or group addressng). Page 157 of 229

158 Fgure 67: Operatng devce assgned to a programmed sngle devce o o Reassgn one of the remanng DALI operatng devces to another programmed sngle devce. In the rght-hand secton, the assgned operatng devce dsappears from the lst box. The status of the selected sngle devce n the left-hand subarea swtches to "Assgned". Carry out assgnments for other sngle devces as descrbed f necessary. Pressng the "Delete assgnment" button at the bottom edge of the commssonng envronment allows deleton of all the assgnments between the DALI operatng devces and the varous sngle devces of the project desgn. The operaton may take some tme. The progress s dsplayed durng the Delete operaton. Pressng the "Standard" button resets all the commssonng parameters. Assgnments of DALI operatng devces are lost n the project desgn and n the DALI Gateway when the "Standard" button s pressed n the commssonng envronment. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n wthn the course of an assgnment durng onlne commssonng compares the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters of the offlne confguraton. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. The testng of the devce types s nfluenced by the "Use 'DALI devce type' settng?" parameter n the parameter node "General". Page 158 of 229

159 Compatblty mode The DALI Gateway has a compatblty mode for supportng non-dali-conformant operatng devces. Ths means that the commssonng process can become dstnctly more tolerant towards specfc DALI commssonng parameters, whch means that operatng devces not fully complant wth the DALI specfcaton can be commssoned, possbly subject to functonal restrctons. Compatblty mode relates solely to DALI commssonng. Dependng on the verson of the ETS plug-ns used, the compatblty mode ether effects the search operaton of electronc ballasts only or the communcaton behavour when programmng short address and group assgnments as well. The plug-n s ntegrated nto the ETS Product database of the DALI gateway and nstalled automatcally when the applcaton program of the gateway s mported nto the ETS (ETS4, ETS5) or s ntegrated there nto a project (ETS3). Only the plug-ns from verson n conjuncton wth devces from release label "V02" support the advanced compatblty mode, whch also takes effect durng an onlne commssonng process (programmng short addresses and group assgnments). In the case of older plug-n versons or generally wth devces wth release label "V00" or "V01", the compatblty mode only nfluences the devce search. In the parameter wndow of the DALI gateway you can dentfy whch plug-n verson s used. Plug-ns from verson contan a verson label n plan text n the bottom left-hand corner of the parameter wndow(fgure 68). If ths label s mssng, then an older plug-n s nstalled and n use. Older plug-n versons can easly be updated by re-mportng a current product database. Fgure 68: Verson label n the plug-n Compatblty mode s actvated when the checkbox "Compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" (D) s selected n the DALI commssonng wndow of the ETS plug-n (Fgure 61). Compatblty mode durng a devce search (wth plug-n versons from and older versons n conjuncton wth all devce release levels): When compatblty mode s actve, DALI operatng devces n the system are no longer dentfed usng ther prevously programmed long address. Normally (when compatblty mode s deactvated), the Gateway uses the DALI long address to check f found operatng devces were prevously commssoned n a search operaton (known devce), or whether ths s a newlyfound electronc ballast. When the Gateway carres out a search operaton for DALI operatng devces, the long address s automatcally assgned randomly and s programmed nto the electronc ballast. The long address s unque, thus allowng ndvdual dentfcaton of operatng devces. Accordng to the DALI specfcaton, all the DALI subscrbers must save the long address permanently (e.g. even durng mans voltage falures). Not all the DALI devces on the market support ths requrement, whch s why dffcultes may occur durng the commssonng process. If long addresses are lost, the Gateway wll no longer be able to dentfy clearly whether found electronc ballasts are known,.e. already commssoned n prevous commssonng operatons, or whether they are newly-nstalled and are thus newly-found electronc ballasts. In these cases, operatng devces are smply dentfed as "newly-found". As a result, durng the remander of the commssonng process, the affected electronc ballasts are treated lke unprogrammed devces. Amongst other thngs, all the assgnments to groups or sngle devces are removed. If operatng devces are nstalled n the DALI system, whch do not comply wth the DALI specfcaton - as descrbed - and do not save the long address correctly, compatblty mode should be actvated. Durng a search operaton, the Gateway then dentfes solely by means of Page 159 of 229

160 the DALI short address (1...64) contaned n the devces. Ths address was ether programmed durng a prevous commssonng operaton by the Gateway, n accordance to the project desgn, or was assgned automatcally durng a search operaton (new electronc ballast). Ths means that electronc ballasts can be commssoned wthout accessng long addresses. The dentfcaton of operatng devces becomes problematc f devces are added to the DALI nstallaton at a later tme, whch were commssoned prevously (e.g. n other systems) and thus have already been assgned wth vald short addresses. Here, t may occur that dfferent electronc ballasts have the same short address. Ths state must be avoded when usng compatblty mode, snce short addresses may only occur once n a DALI nstallaton. Otherwse, communcaton errors can be expected. Compatblty mode durng onlne commssonng of the short addresses and group assgnments (only wth plug-n versons from and only n conjuncton wth devces from release label "V02"): All the commssonng parameters transferred from the gateway are requred for correct, faultfree operaton of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specfcaton. Durng onlne commssonng, t may occur that all or some electronc ballasts do not apply the commssonng parameters transferred from the Gateway partally or completely. In order to detect ths, the gateway n normal operaton checks (compatblty mode deactvated) each programmed change by readng t out and compares the return value of the operatng devces wth the specfcatons n the project desgn (DALI verfy). If dfferences are detected here among short addresses or group assgnments to be programmed, the plug-n sgnals an error. DALI operatng devces that could only be programmed wth errors durng the onlne commssonng can work accordng to ther functon after commssonng s complete. These DALI operatng devces possbly do not comply or only partally comply wth DALI, however. If commssonng errors occur repeatedly, the compatblty mode can be actvated on an expermental bass. In compatblty mode the DALI gateway does not read back the programmed commssonng parameters durng an onlne commssonng. Operatng devces whch merely dspense wth answerng the gateway (DALI verfy remans off / but the functon s avalable), can be commssoned n ths way wthout any error dsplay and abort of the programmng connecton. If short addresses of the electronc ballasts change due to parametersaton or new assgnments, the DALI gateway reprograms the addresses n the exstng electronc ballasts. If compatblty mode s deactvated, short addresses are changed by deletng the old one and recordng the new address. In rare cases, operatng devces do not respond correctly to the deleton of a short address. If the compatblty mode s actvated, the short addresses s therefore not deleted. In ths case, the gateway smply programs the new address over the old one. Even n such cases, the compatblty mode helps to commsson operatng devces smoothly that are not DALI-complant. If a plug-n from verson s run n conjuncton wth an older devce (Release labels "V00" or "V01"), an actve compatblty mode wll have no effect on an onlne commssonng of the short addresses or group assgnments. Older devces then behave as f the compatblty mode were not actve. Page 160 of 229

161 Extng DALI commssonng Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" Commssonng can be completed when the necessary DALI operatng devces have been assgned to the groups or sngle devces n the plug-n. The commssonng parameters are transferred to the DALI Gateway automatcally on leavng commssonng. In so dong, the plugn communcates wth the DALI Gateway va the ETS bus connecton. The DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mans voltage supply must be swtched on. The ETS must have a functonng communcatons nterface to the bus (e.g. USB or KNXnet/IP). Extng DALI commssonng o The commssonng envronment of the plug-n must be exted n order to transfer the commssonng parameters to the DALI Gateway and the operatng devces. To do ths, select a dfferent parameter page n the tree node vew of the plug-n and ext the plug-n by pressng the button "OK". The commssonng adjustment s executed. The adjustment operaton can take some tme and s dependent on the number of groups and sngle devces created and the DALI operatng devces connected. Frstly, the plug-n programs the Gateway wth the programmed short addresses. The plug-n dsplays the progress of ths adaptaton (Fgure 69). After the short addresses have been updated n the DALI Gateway, the connected DALI operatng devces are also updated n ths regard. To do ths, the Gateway communcatons wth the connected operatng devces va the DALI cable and programs them fully automatcally (Fgure 70). After the short addresses have been programmed, the group assgnments are updated. Ths takes place n two steps. Frstly, the group assgnments are programmed nto the DALI Gateway. Then they are programmed nto the electronc ballasts va the DALI cable. The ETS plug-n always performs DALI commssonng n a tme-optmsed manner and only programs the necessary changes nto the Gateway and the DALI operatng devces. For ths reason, some or all of the ndvdual commssonng steps (programmng of group assgnments or short addresses) may not be necessary. Should commssonng be termnated n an ncomplete state due to communcaton or devce errors, the ETS plug-n wll perform a complete programmng operaton durng a subsequent commssonng adjustment. Here too, the adjustment of DALI commssonng must be ntated manually n the ETS plug-n, as descrbed. Fgure 69: Adjustment of the commssonng parameters between the plug-n and the DALI Gateway. Here: Programmng the short addresses Page 161 of 229

162 Fgure 70: Adjustment of the commssonng parameters between the Gateway and the DALI operatng devces. Here: Programmng the short addresses o For the full completon of commssonng and to apply all the necessary parameter settngs, close the plug-n and then program the applcaton of the DALI Gateway usng the ETS (see page 13). The Gateway checks the functon of the DALI cable durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters nto the DALI operatng devces. Should no communcaton be possble, the plug-n wll termnate the ncomplete operaton wth an error message. In ths case, the error on the DALI cable (e.g. electronc ballast dsconnected, mans voltage swtched off, cable break) must be elmnated and the commssonng envronment of the plug-n opened and exted agan n order for a new commssonng adjustment to take place. Durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters nto the Gateway, fault-free communcaton between the ETS plug-n and the Gateway must be ensured va the KNX. If the plug-n cannot reach the devce, the ncomplete commssonng operaton s then termnated. In ths case too, the error must be elmnated and the commssonng envronment of the plug-n opened and exted agan n order for a new commssonng adjustment to take place. (see page 166). All the commssonng parameters transferred from the gateway are requred for correct, fault-free operaton of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specfcaton. Durng onlne commssonng, t may occur that all or some electronc ballasts do not apply the commssonng parameters transferred from the Gateway partally or completely. In order to detect ths, the Gateway checks each programmed change by readng t out and compares the return value of the operatng devces wth the specfcatons n the project desgn (DALI verfy). If dfferences are detected here among group assgnments that are to be programmed, the gateway logs the error nternally and then contnues the commssonng operaton wth the next electronc ballast and also completes ths one. At the end of the onlne commssonng adjustment, the plug-n dsplays a message lstng all the electronc ballasts to whch group assgnments could not be programmed successfully durng commssonng. If the gateway detects dfferences among short addresses to be programmed, t termnates the commssonng mmedately wth an error message. Short addresses are absolutely essental for the operaton of a DALI system. If commssonng errors occur here, the gateway cannot ensure smooth operaton of the DALI nstallaton. Consequently, t s then necessary to abort the onlne commssonng. DALI operatng devces that could only be programmed wth errors durng the onlne commssonng can work accordng to ther functon after commssonng s complete. These DALI operatng devces possbly do not comply or only partally comply wth DALI, however. Please contact the manufacturer of the electronc ballasts concerned to clarfy any functonal ncompatbltes. If commssonng errors occur repeatedly, the DALI compatblty mode can be actvated on an expermental bass (see page ). In compatblty mode the DALI gateway does not read back the programmed commssonng parameters durng an onlne commssonng. Operatng devces whch merely dspense wth answerng the gateway (DALI verfy remans off / but the functon s avalable), can be commssoned n ths way wthout any error dsplay and abort of the programmng connecton. Page 162 of 229

163 When the commssonng envronment s exted, the commssonng parameters (dentfed operatng devces wth long and short address, names of the operatng devces, group/devce assgnment and devce type) are wrtten to the ETS database and are thus saved. The saved data s dsplayed the next tme the commssonng envronment s started. If just assgnments of programmed devces of the sngle addressng (.e. no group assgnments) are removed and no short addresses are changed durng a commssonng sesson, then no adjustment wll be performed between the ETS plug-n, the Gateway and the operatng devces when the commssonng envronment s exted. Ths means that the most-recently programmed short addresses are retaned n the electronc ballast (unused short addresses). In the case of a new commssonng operaton, however, the affected electronc ballasts can agan be assgned and commssoned normally. Pressng the "Delete assgnment" button at the bottom edge of the commssonng envronment allows deleton of all the assgnments between the DALI operatng devces and the varous groups and sngle devces. Not only are the assgnments reset n the plugn, but there s also an adjustment of the commssonng parameters of the DALI Gateway. For ths purpose, the plug-n sets up communcaton to the DALI Gateway va the bus connecton of the ETS and deletes all the assgnments n the devce memory there. The operaton may take some tme. The progress s dsplayed durng the Delete operaton. If the bus communcaton s faulty, the plug-n termnates the operaton wthout deletng the assgnments n the project desgn or n the devce. Prevously dentfed DALI operatng devces reman ntact, but wthout group/devce assgnments. Page 163 of 229

164 Offlne commssonng Software "DALI Gateway C00D1x" The dentfcaton, addressng and assgnment of DALI operatng devces takes place n the DALI commssonng envronment of the ETS plug-n. Commssonng can be prepared offlne n the parameter confguraton f necessary. Offlne commssonng s deal as the preparaton for later complete commssonng, f there s no programmng connecton to the DALI Gateway or the DALI operatng devces, but group assgnment s stll to take place. Ths s normally the case when the buldng plannng and thus also the Gateway confguraton take place earler than the commssonng of the DALI Gateway and the DALI system. The offlne assgnment of an electronc ballast to a group takes place n the plug-n n the tree node "Addressng -> Groups... -> Group -> Sngle devces" by clckng the rght mouse-button and executng the "New" command (Fgure 71). Ths creates a new electronc ballast n the selected tree node. Ths electronc ballast s then assgned to the group addressng of the selected group. Addtonal parameters can be confgured for each operatng devce created and assgned n ths way (name, short address and, optonally, the devce type). Sngle devces assgned to a group do not have ther own communcaton objects. On the KNX sde, these devces are only controlled by the objects of the group. Only sngle devces assgned durng project desgn of the sngle addressng (devce control) can be controlled autonomously usng separate objects. The assgnment of DALI operatng devces to groups s only then possble when the addressng type allows for group control. Fgure 71: Assgnng an electronc ballast to a group - offlne commssonng DALI operatng devces can ether be ntegrated just n sngle addressng, or alternatvely, n group addressng. It s not possble to control an operatng devce wth both addressng types. Optonally, the assgnment of DALI operatng devces to programmed groups or sngle devces can be supplemented by testng of the DALI devce types. If testng s enabled, the plug-n wthn the course of an assgnment durng onlne commssonng compares the devce types determned by the operatng devces wth the specfcatons by the devce type parameters of the offlne confguraton. Assgnment can only take place f there s agreement. Ths wll prevent functonal ncompatbltes after commssonng. Page 164 of 229

165 Multple assgnment of operatng devces as part of offlne commssonng (creaton of new sngle devces n the tree structure of a group) s not possble. When edtng the short address n the parameter node of a group-related electronc ballast, no addresses can be entered that have already been entered for electronc ballasts of other groups. As part of devce assgnment durng DALI commssonng (onlne), sngle-battery-operated DALI emergency lghts must always be assgned to planned sngle devces (sngle addressng) provded that these operatng devces are to execute an emergency lght functon. Assgnment to group-related sngle devces (group addressng) of offlne commssonng s possble, however, only wth the lmtaton that these operatng devces can only be used for standard lghtng control (f supported by the operatng devce) and not for emergency lghtng applcatons. The DALI short addresses are always assgned n the parameter confguraton of the sngle devces and can thus be nfluenced. Wth the addton of group and devce names, unque namng of DALI operatng devces s possble n ths way. Through the transmsson of the unque names to the KNX buldng vsualsaton (e.g. control panels), the user s able - partcularly durng error dagnoss - to dentfy the lghtng components easly. Page 165 of 229

166 Troubleshootng KNX communcaton error Durng the onlne commssonng, the short addresses of the electronc ballasts and group assgnments are programmed nto the gateway and DALI operatng devces. For ths purpose, the plug-n establshes a programmng connecton to the DALI gateway va the actve data nterface of the ETS. In the later course, the gateway establshes a programmng connecton to the DALI operatng devces. Durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters nto the Gateway, fault-free communcaton between the ETS plug-n and the Gateway must be ensured va the KNX. If the plug-n cannot reach the DALI gateway va the KNX programmng connectons of the ETS, the ncomplete commssonng operaton s then aborted mmedately. The plug-n then dsplays an error (Fgure 72). In ths case, the error must be removed and the DALI commssonng must be repeated. Fgure 72: KNX communcaton problem error message Errors wth the KNX communcaton durng DALI commssonng are normally due to redundant telegram repettons or wrong telegram sequences. Other bus devces or ETS nstallatons on PC, whch are utlzed to capacty wth regard to the avalable memory and/or processor resources, are frequently the cause here. In the event of a error, area couplers or lne couplers are normally avalable n the KNX nstallaton. If the descrbed communcaton errors occur n a KNX system, the confguraton of the area coupler or lne coupler should be changed temporarly as a remedy. Swtchng off the telegram repettons n the event of transmsson errors n the couplers frequently allows KNX communcaton to take place smoothly between the ETS and gateway. Recommended Procedure... - Reconfguraton of all area / lne couplers affected. Couplers are affected when they are drectly n the lnes of the ETS and DALI gateways or n the communcaton channel between them. Swtchng off the telegram repettons by the couplers. To do ths, set the coupler parameters "Repettons n case of transmsson errors..." of all addressng types to "no". These parameters are normally set to "yes" n the presettng of the couplers. Programmng the applcaton program of the couplers. - Executng the DALI commssonng usng the plug-ns of the gateway. - After completon of the DALI commssonng, reset the parameters "Repettons n case of transmsson errors..." of all addressng types n all couplers affected to the orgnal settng (normally to "yes"). Programmng the applcaton program of the couplers. The telegram repettons should also then be swtched off temporarly when communcaton between the ETS and DALI gateway does not take place across all lnes. Page 166 of 229

167 It should be noted that the normal operaton of area / lne couplers s nterrupted for the duraton of the programmng operaton due to the programmng of the partcular applcaton program or parameters and thus no telegrams are forwarded. The functon of a KNX system could be temporarly mpared as a result. If t s not possble to elmnate the KNX communcaton problem permanently by the descrbed remedy, the DALI sde of the gateway must be checked for nstallaton errors. Lne breakages that may only occur sporadcally can occasonally produce the same error messages. The entre cable, ncludng all termnals and connectons, must then be checked. Error durng the programmng of the commssonng parameters All the commssonng parameters transferred from the gateway are requred for correct, faultfree operaton of the DALI system and must correspond to the DALI specfcaton. Durng onlne commssonng, t may occur that all or some electronc ballasts do not apply the commssonng parameters transferred from the Gateway partally or completely. In order to detect ths, the Gateway checks each programmed change by readng t out and compares the return value of the operatng devces wth the specfcatons n the project desgn (DALI verfy). If dfferences are detected here among group assgnments that are to be programmed, the gateway logs the error nternally and then contnues the commssonng operaton wth the next electronc ballast and also completes ths one. At the end of the onlne commssonng adjustment, the plug-n dsplays a message lstng all the electronc ballasts to whch group assgnments could not be programmed successfully durng commssonng(fgure 73). Fgure 73: Error message of DALI group assgnment DALI operatng devces that could only be commssoned wth the descrbed errors can stll work accordng to ther functon after commssonng s completed n some cases. These DALI operatng devces possbly do not comply or only partally comply wth DALI, however. If commssonng errors occur repeatedly, the "compatblty mode for DALI commssonng" can be actvated (only from plug-n verson and only n conjuncton wth devces from release label "V02"). In compatblty mode the DALI gateway does not read back the programmed commssonng parameters durng an onlne commssonng. Operatng devces whch merely dspense wth answerng the gateway can be commssoned n ths way wthout any error dsplay. If the gateway detects dfferences among short addresses to be programmed, t termnates the commssonng mmedately - even n compatblty mode - wth an error message. Short addresses are absolutely essental for the operaton of a DALI system. If commssonng errors occur here, the gateway cannot ensure smooth operaton of the DALI nstallaton. Consequently, t s then necessary to abort the onlne commssonng. Page 167 of 229

168 If the descrbed DALI commssonng faults occur permanently, a DALI reset should be performed usng the plug-n ("Reset" button n the commssonng dalogue). As a result, all DALI operatng devces wll be reset to the delvery states defned by the manufacturers. In ths operaton, all the assgnments to groups and sngle devces n the electronc ballasts are removed. Furthermore, the long and short addresses n the operatng devces are deleted. The functon of the DALI compatblty mode depends on the verson of the plug-n used and the devce verson. Further nformaton on the compatblty mode can be found n the chapter "Performng DALI commssonng" (see page ). If t s not possble to elmnate the error message permanently by the compatblty mode, the DALI sde of the gateway must be checked for nstallaton errors. Lne breakages that may only occur sporadcally can occasonally produce the same error messages. The entre cable, ncludng all termnals and connectons, must then be checked. Page 168 of 229

169 DALI test Startng DALI test The plug-n of the DALI Gateway offers varous optons for carryng out a comprehensve test of the DALI nstallaton. Ths means that after DALI commssonng, t s possble to control ndvdual operatng devces n a devce-orentated test, to swtch them, and to read out or specfy brghtness values. The ndvdual devce status can also be dsplayed. In the grouporentated test, t s possble to swtch all the created DALI groups (1...32) separately or change them n the brghtness value (absolute brghtness value specfcaton or relatve dmmng). In addton, t s possble to check the functon of the groups ntegrated nto the confgured scenes (1...16). The DALI test can only be performed f the devce, group, effect and scene confguraton n the DALI Gateway remans current after DALI commssonng or parameters are changed. For ths reason, t s necessary to program the DALI Gateway wth the ETS before a DALI test f changes were prevously made to the devce confguraton (see page 13). If the necessary requrements have been fulflled, the "DALI test" can be executed on the parameter page of the same name n the plug-n. After selectng the test page and successful communcaton wth the DALI Gateway, the commssonng envronment becomes vsble n the rght-hand pane of the plug-n. In the course of a DALI test, only broadcast commands (swtch all devces) can be ssued, provded that addressng allows for central control (see page 41). Fgure 74: DALI test envronment n the ETS3 plug-n When the test envronment s recalled, the plug-n frst tres to communcate wth the ETS va the bus connecton, and checks whether a DALI test s possble. For ths reason, the DALI Gateway must be connected to the KNX bus cable and the bus and mans voltage supply must be swtched on when the DALI test s recalled. In addton, the ETS must have a functonng communcatons nterface to the bus (e.g. USB or KNXnet/IP). Page 169 of 229

170 If t s not possble to set up a connecton to the DALI Gateway n ths stuaton, the plug-n then termnates the test and does not dsplay the test envronment. The followng secton lsts the causes for a faulty connecton and the approprate remedes... - Cause: No functonng ETS communcaton nterface to the KNX. Remedy: Check, and f necessary set up the connecton n the ETS3 under "Tools - Optons - Communcaton". - Cause: Physcal address and applcaton program not prevously programmed by the ETS. Remedy: Close the plug-n and frst program the physcal address and applcaton program. - Cause: KNX bus voltage on the DALI Gateway or the local data nterface not connected or swtched on. Remedy: Connect and swtch on the bus voltage. - Cause: Mans voltage supply on the DALI Gateway not swtched on. Remedy: Swtch on the mans supply on the Gateway. Devce-orentated DALI test As soon as DALI commssonng has taken place, and operatng devces have thus also be dentfed and assgned, the correct functon of these devces can be tested n the devceorentated DALI test. The devce-orentated test envronment s used for ths (Fgure 75). Fgure 75: Devce-orentated DALI test envronment The operatng devce to be tested must frst be selected n the "Devce" selecton box. Ths contans all the dentfed and assgned DALI operatng devces - ndcated by the ndvdual short address n square brackets and the devce name. Only one devce can be tested at a tme. The selected operatng devce can then be swtched on or off ndependently. In addton, t s possble to specfy an absolute brghtness value. Pressng the "Set value" button transmts the brghtness value selected n the selecton box to the approprate operatng devce, whch should then set tself mmedately to ths brghtness value. The settable brghtness value s ndependent of a group confguraton for mnmum or maxmum brghtness. The whole brghtness range can thus be set n the devce-orentated DALI test. Smlarly, the currently set brghtness value of the DALI operatng devce can be polled by pressng the "Read out value" button. The value read out s dsplayed n the selecton box above. By pressng the button "Read out devce status", t s possble to dsplay the nternal devce states. In ths way, the general devce status (operatng devce error, e.g. nternal electronc ballast error), lamp state (e.g. defectve lamp, cable break to lamp holder), current swtchng state, reset status and status of the mans voltage supply of the operatng devce can be read out and dsplayed. Page 170 of 229

171 The status nformaton of a reset or mans voltage falure s dependent on the DALI operatng devce used. Not all devces track these states. An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s only recognsed by the Gateway durng the devce-orentated DALI test when nformaton s to be read out of the operatng devces (read out value or devce status). The plug-n then sgnals an error. Durng the devce-orentated DALI test, the commands are transmtted to the operatng devces drectly va the DALI cable. No group assgnments or assgnments to sngleaddressed devces are taken nto account, whch means that group/devce objects cannot be tracked durng the test and thus dfferences may occur between the objects and the actual states of the operatng devces. Mult-devce DALI test (broadcast) As soon as DALI commssonng has taken place, and operatng devces have thus also be dentfed and assgned, the correct functon of these devces can be tested n the mult-devce DALI test. For ths purpose, the devces can jontly be swtched on or off usng a broadcast swtchng command (Fgure 76). Fgure 76: Mult-devce DALI test envronment An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s not recognsed durng the mult-devce DALI test. Durng the mult-devce DALI test, the commands are forwarded to the operatng devces drectly usng the DALI cable. No group assgnments or assgnments to sngle-addressed devces are taken nto account, whch means that group/devce objects cannot be tracked durng the test and thus dfferences may occur between the objects and the actual states of the operatng devces. Testng groups The group-orentated DALI test can be carred out as soon as groups have been created and confgured n the devce confguraton and DALI commssonng has been carred out wth the group assgnment of the operatng devces. To do ths, press the button "Test DALI groups" n the DALI test envronment. The group-orentated test envronment then opens (Fgure 77). Page 171 of 229

172 Fgure 77: Group-orentated DALI test envronment (as an example wth three created groups) For reasons of clarty, the possble groups (1...32) are spread over two pages, whch can be shown separately. Pressng the buttons "Groups 1-16" and "Groups 17-32" at the top edge of the wndow changes between the page vews. Only those group whch have been created n the devce confguraton can be edted and thus tested. Any non-created groups are greyed out. In the group-orentated DALI test, each group can ndependently be swtched on or off, or dmmed absolutely or relatvely. Pressng the buttons "On" or "Off" causes mmedate swtchng of the operatng devces assgned to the approprate group. Alternatvely, an absolute brghtness value can be gven, whch can be transmtted to the operatng devces of the group by pressng the button "Set". The settable brghtness value s dependent on the group confguraton for mnmum or maxmum brghtness. Thus, t may occur that only a lmted brghtness range can be set n the group-orentated DALI test. Smlarly, the currently set brghtness value of the group can be polled by pressng the "Read" button. The read-out value s dsplayed n the selecton box alongsde. Due to roundng, the dsplayed value may devate slghtly from that most recently specfed. In addton, the operatng devces of the group can be dmmed relatvely. Pressng the "Start" button ntates a relatve dmmng operaton of the group. The dmmng operaton takes place wthn the brghtness range specfed for the group usng the confgured dmmng speed, startng wth the currently set brghtness value. A relatve dmmng operaton can be stopped by pressng the "Stop" button. Reactvaton of a dmmng operaton usng the "Start" button causes dmmng to take place n the reverse drecton. Relatve dmmng to 0 % brghtness (OFF) s not possble. An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s not recognsed durng the group-orentated DALI test. In the group-orentated DALI test, all the actons are mplemented nternally usng the approprate KNX objects of the groups and ndvdual devces. Thus, the nternal object values can be read out, for example, when the brghtness values are read out and the swtchng object descrbed nternally when a group s swtched on. Here, feedback s also generated and the approprate DALI group parameters ncluded. If no operatng devce was assgned to the groups durng DALI commssonng, there wll be no vsble reacton n the DALI system. Page 172 of 229

173 DALI operatng devces assgned to multple groups always set themselves to the most recent status set usng one of the assgned groups. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status or the brghtness value of a group may not always be clear. Example 1: Group 2 s set to 10 % brghtness. After ths, Group 3 s dmmed to 20 % brghtness. The lghts of Group 3 assume the most recently recalled brghtness value: 20 %. The feedback of Group 2 remans at 10 % even though some of the operatng devces belongng to the group were set to 20 % brghtness. Example 2: Group 2 s swtched on and sets tself to the brghtness value 100 %. The status of Group 3 nternally n the DALI Gateway remans at 0 % brghtness (OFF). Now Group 3 s made brghter. The lghts of Group 3 adopt the dmmng behavour (becomng brghter from mnmum brghtness) even though these lghts have already been swtched on by Group 2. Testng scenes The scene-orentated DALI test can be carred out once scenes have been created and confgured n the devce confguraton and DALI commssonng has been carred out wth the group/devce assgnment of the operatng devces. To do ths, press the button "Test DALI scenes" n the DALI test envronment. The scene-orentated test envronment then opens (Fgure 78). Not only the groups and sngle devces ntegrated nto the scenes can be tested n the scene test. Of more mportance s the fact that a scene defnton s also possble through readng out and savng scene values. Fgure 78: Scene-orentated DALI test envronment (as an example wth Scene 1 wth three created groups) The scene to be tested must frst be selected. To do ths, select one of the scenes created n the devce confguraton n the "Scene" selecton box. After selectng the scene, the assgned groups and sngle devces can be edted. For reasons of clarty, the possble groups (1...32) and sngle devces (1...64) are spread over multple pages, whch can be shown separately. Pressng the buttons "Groups..." or "Sngle devces..." at the top edge of the wndow changes between the page vews. Only the groups and sngle devces can be edted (and thus tested), whch are assgned to the scene. Any non-assgned groups or sngle devces are greyed out. Page 173 of 229

174 When startng the scene-orentated DALI test, the brghtness values predefned n the scene confguraton (parameter page "Scenes") are vsble n the approprate selecton boxes. Pressng the button "Recall" scene causes a scene recall wth the brghtness values predefned n the scene confguraton. The set brghtness values n the group/devce selecton boxes of the test envronment are not mportant. The brghtness values specfed n the test envronment are only appled and saved to the scene confguraton of the plug-n and the DALI Gateway when the button "Save scene" s pressed. The orgnal brghtness values predefned n the scene confguraton are overwrtten. Before new brghtness values are saved for a scene, t s possble to read out the values currently set n the groups and sngle devces. The read-out brghtness values are dsplayed n the selecton boxes and can be edted and fnally saved n the scene. An error on the DALI cable (e.g. short-crcut or nterrupted cable) s not recognsed durng the scene-orentated DALI test. In the scene-orentated DALI test, all the actons are mplemented nternally usng the approprate KNX objects of the groups and ndvdual devces. Thus, the nternal object values can be read out when the brghtness values are read out, for example. On scene recall, feedback to the KNX s also transmtted. If no operatng devce was assgned to the programmed groups and sngle devces durng DALI commssonng, then there wll be no vsble reacton n the DALI system. If a DALI operatng devce s assgned to multple groups and these groups were assgned to a scene, then the brghtness values of the group wth the hghest group number are recalled or saved for the multple-assgned devces. In ths case, feedback of the swtchng status or the brghtness value of a group may not always be clear. Testng effects The DALI test for effects can be carred out as soon as effects have been created and confgured n the devce confguraton and DALI commssonng has been carred out wth the group/devce assgnment of the operatng devces. To do ths, press the button "Test DALI effects" n the DALI test envronment. The effect test envronment then opens (Fgure 79). Fgure 79: DALI test envronment for effects Even when testng effects, the effect to be tested must frst be chosen. To do ths, select one of the effects created n the devce confguraton n the "Effect" selecton box. After effect selecton, the selected effect can be started or stopped by pressng the approprate buttons n the test dalog. An effect started usng the test dalog runs accordng to ts confguraton. The steps are recalled n sequence startng wth step 1. The number of effect run-throughs, the dmmng behavour when an effect step s recalled and the delay untl the next step are all mantaned. The stop step s recalled when an effect s stopped usng the DALI test. The "Sngle step" button can be pressed to test ndvdual effect steps. Here, the Gateway swtches exactly one step forward from the current stop of an effect. We recommend only usng the sngle step functon for stopped effects. Ths allows free swtchng of entre effect runthroughs. When the sngle step functon s used, a stopped effect starts wth the frst step of the effect. The subsequent effect steps are then recalled contnuously accordng to ther number. The stop step (last step of an effect) can also be recalled usng the sngle step functon. Page 174 of 229

DALI gateway Tunable White Plus Order No

DALI gateway Tunable White Plus Order No Product documentaton Issue: 20.07.2017 21083100 DALI gateway Tunable Whte Plus Table of Contents Product documentaton 1 Product defnton... 4 1.1 Product catalogue... 4 1.2 Functon... 4 2 Mountng, electrcal

More information

LITECOM. Self-contained emergency luminaires

LITECOM. Self-contained emergency luminaires LITECOM Self-contaned emergency lumnares Legal nformaton Copyrght Copyrght Zumtobel Lghtng GmbH All rghts reserved. Manufacturer Zumtobel Lghtng GmbH Schwezerstrasse 30 6850 Dornbrn AUSTRIA Tel. +43-(0)5572-390-0

More information

1 Signs and symbols. 4 Installation 5 Active window 6 Commissioning Filter settings edali addressing. 6.4 Addressing. 7 General functions

1 Signs and symbols. 4 Installation 5 Active window 6 Commissioning Filter settings edali addressing. 6.4 Addressing. 7 General functions Table of contents 1 Sgns and symbols... 5 2 Changes ntroduced... wth masterconfigurator 2.10 6 3 Introducton... 7 4 Installaton... 8 5 Actve wndow... 10 6 Commssonng... 12 6.1 Selectng... an nterface 12

More information

VRT014 User s guide V0.8. Address: Saltoniškių g. 10c, Vilnius LT-08105, Phone: (370-5) , Fax: (370-5) ,

VRT014 User s guide V0.8. Address: Saltoniškių g. 10c, Vilnius LT-08105, Phone: (370-5) , Fax: (370-5) , VRT014 User s gude V0.8 Thank you for purchasng our product. We hope ths user-frendly devce wll be helpful n realsng your deas and brngng comfort to your lfe. Please take few mnutes to read ths manual

More information

Strain Gauge Measuring Amplifier BA 660

Strain Gauge Measuring Amplifier BA 660 Stran Gauge Measurng Amplfer BA 660 Orgnal of the Manual BA660 / IP20 BA660 / IP66 Table of Contents 1. Safety precautons...2 1.1. Feld of applcaton...2 1.2. Installaton...2 1.3. Mantenance...2 2. Functon...2

More information

1. REVIEW 2. DELIVERY SET

1. REVIEW 2. DELIVERY SET power status ON steps DIP test reset ON DIP off modes lght sensor / led sensor speed on sensor 2 speed off on/off delay pause to off REVIEW LED lghtng devce s desgned for automatc lghtng of starway steps

More information

Customer witness testing guide

Customer witness testing guide Customer wtness testng gude Ths gude s amed at explanng why we need to wtness test equpment whch s beng connected to our network, what we actually do when we complete ths testng, and what you can do to

More information

SPeCtra X-XL. Section 4 Troubleshooting. read the safety information chapter before working on the machines.

SPeCtra X-XL. Section 4 Troubleshooting. read the safety information chapter before working on the machines. 4 SPeCtra X-XL en Secton 4 Troubleshootng Document Number: TD 103 421/A Order Number: 1H 328 259 read the safety nformaton chapter before workng on the machnes. Change log Date Changes Author No. ID 2011-10-19

More information

LED Fixture Controller ELED1 Programming Guide

LED Fixture Controller ELED1 Programming Guide LED Fxture Controller ELED1 Programmng Gude ELED1-AUN ELED1-AUS Copyrght 2018 Echoflex Solutons, Inc. All rghts reserved. Product nformaton and specfcaton detals subject to change Echoflex Solutons 38924

More information

Pneumatic Power Bench Assembly

Pneumatic Power Bench Assembly Pneumatc Power Bench Assembly 58338-1 Instructon Sheet 408-9393 09 AUG 11 Fgure 1 1. INTRODUCTION Pneumatc Power Bench Assembly 58338-1 s a pneumatc power unt desgned to accept a varety of nterchangeable

More information

HR Brief description. 1. Scope of delivery

HR Brief description. 1. Scope of delivery 2. Bref descrpton. Scope of delvery HR92 Wreless Radator Controller The radator controller packagng contans: 2 HR92 s an electronc radator controller wth a modern desgn. Because of the wreless communcaton

More information

User manual COUNTER SLIK-N118

User manual COUNTER SLIK-N118 Assstng the automaton ndustry snce 1986 User manual COUNTER SLIK-N118 Frmware: v.8.10 or hgher Input type: pulse, quadrature Batchng functon, wall mountng case IP 67 Read the user's manual carefully before

More information

INSTRUCTION MANUAL BENCH LATHE

INSTRUCTION MANUAL BENCH LATHE WLLOUGHBY COMMUNTY MEN'S SHED mens 296C Salors Bay Road, l _ L^ NORTHBRDGE N.S.W 2063 The Wlkmghby Communty" NSTRUCTON MANUAL BENCH LATHE Before usng be sure to read ths manual carefully -C6- Safety nstructons

More information

HR Brief description. 1. Scope of delivery

HR Brief description. 1. Scope of delivery 2. Bref descrpton 2443 The HR92 radator controller s certfed by eu.bac.. Scope of delvery HR92 Wreless Radator Controller The radator controller packagng contans: 2 HR92 s an electronc radator controller

More information

Locator Pin Indexing Pin. Wire Size Marking CAUTION NOTE TOOLING ASSISTANCE CENTER PRODUCT INFORMATION

Locator Pin Indexing Pin. Wire Size Marking CAUTION NOTE TOOLING ASSISTANCE CENTER PRODUCT INFORMATION ROTA-CRIMP* Crmpng Tool Instructon Sheet 408-2681 68321-1 13 APR 12 Statonary De (Nest) Anvl De Hold-Down Devce and Contact Locator Front of Tool Locator Pn Indexng Pn Wre Sze Markng The hold-down devce

More information

Gripping force, O.D. gripping. Gripping force, I.D. gripping

Gripping force, O.D. gripping. Gripping force, I.D. gripping Grppng force, O.D. grppng Fnger load Grppng force Grppng force, I.D. grppng Grppng force Fnger length M x max. 80 Nm M y max. 115 Nm M z max. 70 Nm F z max. 2000 N Fnger length The ndcated moments and

More information

AFV-P 2U/4U. AC + DC Power Solutions. series. Transient Generation for Disturbance Tests. only. High Performance Programmable AC Power Source

AFV-P 2U/4U. AC + DC Power Solutions. series. Transient Generation for Disturbance Tests. only. High Performance Programmable AC Power Source AFV-P seres Hgh Performance Programmable AC Power Source only 2U/4U Intutve Touch Screen HMI Output Frequency up to 15-1000Hz Power Lne Smulatons: Step & Ramp Features Fast Response Tme: 300μs AC Source

More information

Table of contents Document code: DPD00288B2 Edited:

Table of contents Document code: DPD00288B2 Edited: Table of contents Document code: DPD00288B2 Edted: 18.06.2010 1. Safety 3 1.1 Warnngs 3 1.2 Safety nstructons 5 1.3 Earthng and earth fault protecton 5 1.4 Before runnng the motor 6 2. Recept of delvery

More information

MTBF PREDICTION REPORT

MTBF PREDICTION REPORT MTBF PREDICTION REPORT PRODUCT NAME: BLE112-A-V2 Issued date: 01-23-2015 Rev:1.0 Copyrght@2015 Bluegga Technologes. All rghts reserved. 1 MTBF PREDICTION REPORT... 1 PRODUCT NAME: BLE112-A-V2... 1 1.0

More information

POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY Electrical Engineering Department. EE SOPHOMORE LABORATORY Experiment 1 Laboratory Energy Sources

POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY Electrical Engineering Department. EE SOPHOMORE LABORATORY Experiment 1 Laboratory Energy Sources POLYTECHNIC UNIERSITY Electrcal Engneerng Department EE SOPHOMORE LABORATORY Experment 1 Laboratory Energy Sources Modfed for Physcs 18, Brooklyn College I. Oerew of the Experment Ths experment has three

More information

Instructions for Use. PetChatz.com. PetChatz.com

Instructions for Use. PetChatz.com. PetChatz.com Instructons for Use PetChatz.com PetChatz.com POWER ON/OFF LED PET-SAFE MICROPHONE SOUND DETECTOR MANUAL TREAT RELEASE LOW TREAT LED LOW-LIGHT HD CAMERA for hgh-qualty vdeo MOTION DETECTION FULL-COLOR

More information

Figure 1. DC-DC Boost Converter

Figure 1. DC-DC Boost Converter EE46, Power Electroncs, DC-DC Boost Converter Verson Oct. 3, 11 Overvew Boost converters make t possble to effcently convert a DC voltage from a lower level to a hgher level. Theory of Operaton Relaton

More information

Multichannel Frequency Comparator VCH-315. User Guide

Multichannel Frequency Comparator VCH-315. User Guide Multchannel Frequency Comparator VCH-315 User Gude Table of contents 1 Introducton... 3 2 The workng prncple of the Comparator... 6 3 The computed functons... 8 3.1 Basc ratos... 8 3.2 Statstcal functons...

More information

User manual FLOW METER SPP-N118

User manual FLOW METER SPP-N118 Assstng the automaton ndustry snce 1986 User manual FLOW METER SPP-N118 Frmware: v.6.00 or hgher Input type: 0/4-20 ma Batchng and totalzer functon Read the user's manual carefully before startng to use

More information

User manual METER. TVU Series

User manual METER. TVU Series Assstng the automaton ndustry snce 1986 User manual METER TVU Seres Frmware: v.1.00 or hgher Input type: unversal Wall mountng case IP 67 Read the user's manual carefully before startng to use the unt

More information

USER MANUAL for flow meter with current input SPP-94. firmware version: 1.04 or higher

USER MANUAL for flow meter with current input SPP-94. firmware version: 1.04 or higher SIMEX USER MANUAL for flow meter wth current nput famly: type: SPP-94 frmware verson: 1.04 or hgher Read the user's manual carefully before startng to use the unt. Producer reserves the rght to mplement

More information

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Instructon Sheet Tool Assembly 91338-1 408-8377 wth De Assembly 91338-2 22 JUL 09 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

Product Information. Long-stroke gripper PEH

Product Information. Long-stroke gripper PEH Product Informaton PEH PEH Flexble. Hgh Performance Densty. Bus capable. PEH long-stroke grpper Servo-electrc 2-fnger parallel grpper wth long jaw stroke for large parts and dverse parts spectrum Feld

More information

TheraPro HR Brief description. 1. Scope of delivery

TheraPro HR Brief description. 1. Scope of delivery . Bref descrpton 44 The HR9 radator controller s certfed by eu.bac.. Scope of delvery The radator controller packagng contans: Radator controller wth valve baseplate M x.5; batteres ncluded Dsplay support

More information

PRO- CRIMPER III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly DESCRIPTION (Figures 1 and 2)

PRO- CRIMPER III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly DESCRIPTION (Figures 1 and 2) PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Instructon Sheet Tool Assembly 58495-1 408-9819 Wth De Assembly 58495-2 22 JUL 09 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

Microlectra bv. User manual FLOW METER SPP-N118

Microlectra bv. User manual FLOW METER SPP-N118 Mcrolectra bv. Assstng the automaton ndustry snce 1986 User manual FLOW METER SPP-N118 Frmware: up to v. 5. 11 Input type: 0/4-20 ma Batchng and totalzer functon Read the user's manual carefully before

More information

Figure 1. DC-DC Boost Converter

Figure 1. DC-DC Boost Converter EE36L, Power Electroncs, DC-DC Boost Converter Verson Feb. 8, 9 Overvew Boost converters make t possble to effcently convert a DC voltage from a lower level to a hgher level. Theory of Operaton Relaton

More information

N- and P-Channel 2.5-V (G-S) MOSFET

N- and P-Channel 2.5-V (G-S) MOSFET S456DY N- and P-Channel.5-V (G-S) MOSFET PRODUCT SUMMARY V DS (V) R DS(on) (Ω) (A).5 at 7. N-Channel.35 at V GS =.5 V 6. FEATURES Halogen-free Accordng to IEC 649-- Defnton TrenchFET Power MOSFET:.5 Rated

More information

Product Information. Long-stroke gripper EGA

Product Information. Long-stroke gripper EGA Product Informaton EGA EGA Flexble. Modular. Robust. EGA long-stroke grpper Electrc 2-fnger parallel grpper wth lghtweght profle ral gude and adaptable servo- motor Feld of applcaton Optmal standard soluton

More information

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Instructon Sheet Crmpng Tool Assembly 90684-1 408-9934 wth De Assembly 90684-2 09 OCT 09 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

onlinecomponents.com

onlinecomponents.com PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Instructon Sheet Tool Assembly 58535-1 wth 408-4021 De Assembly 58535-2 29 JUL 09 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

User s manual. Digital Control Relay SAA SAB SAC SAD SAJ

User s manual. Digital Control Relay SAA SAB SAC SAD SAJ User s manual Dgtal Control Relay SAA SAB SAC SAD SAJ DISIBEINT ELECTRONIC S.L, has been present n the feld of the manufacture of components for the ndustral automaton for more than 35 years, and mantans

More information

User s manual. Digital control relay SVO/SVP

User s manual. Digital control relay SVO/SVP User s manual Dgtal control relay SVO/SVP DISIBEINT ELECTRONIC S.L, has been present n the feld of the manufacture of components for the ndustral automaton for more than 35 years, and mantans n constant

More information

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly with Die Assembly

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly with Die Assembly PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Tool Assembly 90548-1 wth De Assembly 90548-2 Instructon Sheet 408-9885 02 NOV 12 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

User manual METER SRL-49

User manual METER SRL-49 Assstng the automaton ndustry snce 1986 User manual METER SRL-49 Frmware: v.5.21 or hgher Input type: 0/4-20 ma, 0/1-5V, 0/2-10V Multcolour bargraph Read the user's manual carefully before startng to use

More information

Parking barrier Parc 200 / Parc 200 speed

Parking barrier Parc 200 / Parc 200 speed GB Operatng nstructons Last updated: 01.2014 Parkng barrer Parc 200 / Parc 200 speed 1. Meanng of symbols 2. Table of contents Advce Cauton! Danger of personal njury! The followng safety advce must be

More information

Dynamic Optimization. Assignment 1. Sasanka Nagavalli January 29, 2013 Robotics Institute Carnegie Mellon University

Dynamic Optimization. Assignment 1. Sasanka Nagavalli January 29, 2013 Robotics Institute Carnegie Mellon University Dynamc Optmzaton Assgnment 1 Sasanka Nagavall snagaval@andrew.cmu.edu 16-745 January 29, 213 Robotcs Insttute Carnege Mellon Unversty Table of Contents 1. Problem and Approach... 1 2. Optmzaton wthout

More information

User s manual. Digital control relay SNI

User s manual. Digital control relay SNI User s manual Dgtal control relay SNI DISIBEINT ELECTRONIC S.L, has been present n the feld of the manufacture of components for the ndustral automaton for more than 35 years, and mantans n constant evoluton

More information

EPLC9600-PID QUADRO(96x96 1/4 DIN) 4 Channel PID Controller

EPLC9600-PID QUADRO(96x96 1/4 DIN) 4 Channel PID Controller EPLC9600-PID QUADRO(96x96 1/4 DIN) 4 Channel PID Controller EPLC9600-PID QUADRO 96 x 96 DIN 1/4 4 Channel PID Controller - 128 x 64 Graphcal LCD dsplay - 4 Thermocouple (J, K, L, R or S type) sensor nputs

More information

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Instructon Sheet Tool Assembly 58641-1 wth 408-4379 De Assembly 58641-2 18 JUN 09 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Tool Assembly with Die Assembly

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Tool Assembly with Die Assembly PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Tool Assembly 2063778-1 wth De Assembly 2063778-2 Instructon Sheet 408-10290 02 FEB 12 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Instructon Sheet Crmpng Tool Assembly 90759-1 408-9962 wth De Assembly 90759-2 03 MAY 11 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

Microlectra bv. User manual FLOW METER SPP-94

Microlectra bv. User manual FLOW METER SPP-94 Mcrolectra bv. Assstng the automaton ndustry snce 1986 User manual FLOW METER SPP-94 Input type: 0/4-20 ma Batchng and totalzer functon Read the user's manual carefully before startng to use the unt or

More information

PRO- CRIMPER III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF DIE SET AND LOCATOR ASSEMBLY (Figure 2)

PRO- CRIMPER III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF DIE SET AND LOCATOR ASSEMBLY (Figure 2) PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Instructon Sheet Tool Assembly 90547-1 wth 408-9884 De Assembly 90547-2 02 NOV 09 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly with Die AssemblY

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly with Die AssemblY PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Tool Assembly 90758-1 wth De AssemblY 90758-2 Instructon Sheet 408-9938 01 NOV 11 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

SDE Electric Bench Terminator READ THIS FIRST! customer manual TOOLING ASSISTANCE CENTER

SDE Electric Bench Terminator READ THIS FIRST! customer manual TOOLING ASSISTANCE CENTER SDE Electrc Bench Termnator 1490076-2 Customer Manual 409-10052 31 JAN 12 customer manual SAFETY A. PRECAUTIONS READ THIS FIRST!............................ 2 1. INTRODUCTION........................................................

More information

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Instructon Sheet Tool 58448-2 408-9357 Wth De 58448-3 10 Mar 11 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered hand

More information

Product Information. Universal gripper PGN-plus

Product Information. Universal gripper PGN-plus Product Informaton Unversal grpper PGN-plus PGN-plus Unversal grpper Relable. Robust. Flexble. PGN-plus unversal grpper Unversal 2-Fnger Parallel Grpper wth large grppng force and hgh maxmum moments due

More information

An Adaptive Over-current Protection Scheme for MV Distribution Networks Including DG

An Adaptive Over-current Protection Scheme for MV Distribution Networks Including DG An Adaptve Over-current Protecton Scheme for MV Dstrbuton Networks Includng DG S.A.M. Javadan Islamc Azad Unversty s.a.m.javadan@gmal.com M.-R. Haghfam Tarbat Modares Unversty haghfam@modares.ac.r P. Barazandeh

More information

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand

PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand PRO- CRIMPER* III Hand Instructon Sheet Crmpng Tool Assembly 58529-1 408-9999 wth De Assembly 58529-2 11 AUG 14 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

Product Information. Jaw quick-change system BSWS-PGZN-plus

Product Information. Jaw quick-change system BSWS-PGZN-plus Product Informaton BSWS-PGZN-plus BSWS-PGZN-plus Productve. Flexble. Cost-effectve. BSWS jaw quck-change system The BSWS jaw quck-change system allows top jaws to be changed on the grpper manually and

More information

Priority based Dynamic Multiple Robot Path Planning

Priority based Dynamic Multiple Robot Path Planning 2nd Internatonal Conference on Autonomous obots and Agents Prorty based Dynamc Multple obot Path Plannng Abstract Taxong Zheng Department of Automaton Chongqng Unversty of Post and Telecommuncaton, Chna

More information

H 2 S CO CH 4. Detective Net User & Operator Manual. Detective Net

H 2 S CO CH 4. Detective Net User & Operator Manual. Detective Net H 2 S CO CH 4 Detectve Net User & Operator Manual Detectve Net M070019/ENG Issue 3 Aug 2015 NAVIGATION INSTRUCTIONS The symbols n the left-hand margn of each page of the manual wll enable you to carry

More information

TECHNICAL NOTE TERMINATION FOR POINT- TO-POINT SYSTEMS TN TERMINATON FOR POINT-TO-POINT SYSTEMS. Zo = L C. ω - angular frequency = 2πf

TECHNICAL NOTE TERMINATION FOR POINT- TO-POINT SYSTEMS TN TERMINATON FOR POINT-TO-POINT SYSTEMS. Zo = L C. ω - angular frequency = 2πf TECHNICAL NOTE TERMINATION FOR POINT- TO-POINT SYSTEMS INTRODUCTION Because dgtal sgnal rates n computng systems are ncreasng at an astonshng rate, sgnal ntegrty ssues have become far more mportant to

More information

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand. with Die Assembly OCT 11 Rev C. Pivot Pin. Die Assembly Moving Jaw CONTACT FAMILY SIZE (AWG)

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand. with Die Assembly OCT 11 Rev C. Pivot Pin. Die Assembly Moving Jaw CONTACT FAMILY SIZE (AWG) PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Instructon Sheet Crmpng Tool Assembly 58514-1 408-9973 wth De Assembly 58514-2 12 OCT 11 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

High Speed ADC Sampling Transients

High Speed ADC Sampling Transients Hgh Speed ADC Samplng Transents Doug Stuetzle Hgh speed analog to dgtal converters (ADCs) are, at the analog sgnal nterface, track and hold devces. As such, they nclude samplng capactors and samplng swtches.

More information

100 Watt DC-DC Converters Q Series

100 Watt DC-DC Converters Q Series Bengn Envronment DC-DC Converters 100 Watt Q Seres 100 Watt DC-DC Converters Q Seres Input to output solaton Sngle output: Seres 24Q...48Q1000 Double output: Seres 24Q...48Q2000 Very hgh effcency of up

More information

Shur-Plug*.156 Diameter Terminals and Receptacle Contacts

Shur-Plug*.156 Diameter Terminals and Receptacle Contacts Shur-Plug*.156 Dameter Termnals and Receptacle Contacts Applcaton Specfcaton 114-2042 07 NOV 12 All numercal values are n metrc unts [wth U.S. customary unts n brackets]. Dmensons are n mllmeters [and

More information

Product Information. Universal gripper JGZ

Product Information. Universal gripper JGZ Product Informaton Unversal grpper JGZ JGZ Unversal grpper Loadable. Relable. Compact. JGZ unversal grpper Unversal 3-fnger centrc grpper of the compact class wth T-slot gudance and best cost-performance

More information

Instruction Sheet ROTA- CRIMP* Hand Crimping Tools and

Instruction Sheet ROTA- CRIMP* Hand Crimping Tools and Instructon Sheet ROTA- CRIMP* Hand Crmpng Tools 08-09 6007 and 6007- APR PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered hand tools. Hand tools are

More information

SDE PEW- 12 Hand Tool

SDE PEW- 12 Hand Tool SDE PEW- 12 Hand Tool Instructon Sheet Assembly 2063956-1 wth 408-10370 De Assembly 2063956-2 07 OCT 10 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered

More information

Operating Instructions. MarSurf M RD 18

Operating Instructions. MarSurf M RD 18 Operatng Instructons MarSurf M 300 + RD 18 DE Deutsch EN Englsh FR Franças IT Italano ES Español PT Português Mahr GmbH, MarSurf M 300 + RD 18 Mahr GmbH, MarSurf M 300 + RD 18 Dear valued customer, Congratulatons

More information

antenna antenna (4.139)

antenna antenna (4.139) .6.6 The Lmts of Usable Input Levels for LNAs The sgnal voltage level delvered to the nput of an LNA from the antenna may vary n a very wde nterval, from very weak sgnals comparable to the nose level,

More information

Operator's Manual A1000. Applicator. Made in Germany

Operator's Manual A1000. Applicator. Made in Germany Operator's Manual Applcator A1000 Made n Germany 2 Operator's Manual - Translaton of the Orgnal Verson 2 for the followng products Famly A1000 Edton: 03/2016 - Part No. 9009599 Copyrght Ths documentaton

More information

Unit 1. Current and Voltage U 1 VOLTAGE AND CURRENT. Circuit Basics KVL, KCL, Ohm's Law LED Outputs Buttons/Switch Inputs. Current / Voltage Analogy

Unit 1. Current and Voltage U 1 VOLTAGE AND CURRENT. Circuit Basics KVL, KCL, Ohm's Law LED Outputs Buttons/Switch Inputs. Current / Voltage Analogy ..2 nt Crcut Bascs KVL, KCL, Ohm's Law LED Outputs Buttons/Swtch Inputs VOLTAGE AND CRRENT..4 Current and Voltage Current / Voltage Analogy Charge s measured n unts of Coulombs Current Amount of charge

More information

Uncertainty in measurements of power and energy on power networks

Uncertainty in measurements of power and energy on power networks Uncertanty n measurements of power and energy on power networks E. Manov, N. Kolev Department of Measurement and Instrumentaton, Techncal Unversty Sofa, bul. Klment Ohrdsk No8, bl., 000 Sofa, Bulgara Tel./fax:

More information

Table of Contents. Stabila LD420 1

Table of Contents. Stabila LD420 1 Table of Contents Instrument Set-up - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Introducton- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Overvew - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

More information

Calculation of the received voltage due to the radiation from multiple co-frequency sources

Calculation of the received voltage due to the radiation from multiple co-frequency sources Rec. ITU-R SM.1271-0 1 RECOMMENDATION ITU-R SM.1271-0 * EFFICIENT SPECTRUM UTILIZATION USING PROBABILISTIC METHODS Rec. ITU-R SM.1271 (1997) The ITU Radocommuncaton Assembly, consderng a) that communcatons

More information

Instruction Sheet SDE- SA Hand Tool Assembly with Die Assembly

Instruction Sheet SDE- SA Hand Tool Assembly with Die Assembly Instructon Sheet 408-10002 wth De Assembly 1752938-2 06 APR 10 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered hand tools. Hand tools are ntended for

More information

Table of contents Doc: DPD00716A1, Date:

Table of contents Doc: DPD00716A1, Date: VACON 20 Table of contents Doc: DPD00716A1, Date: 22.11.11 1.Safety 1 1.1.Warnngs 1 1.2.Safety nstructons 3 1.3.Earthng and earth fault protecton 3 1.4.Before runnng the motor 5 2.Recept of delvery 6 2.1.Type

More information

Demand Side Management using DLC Communication. i I

Demand Side Management using DLC Communication. i I Demand Sde Management usng DLC Communcaton Abstract: Stadtwerke Dusseldorf AG (Germany) wth approx. 400'000 consumers has decded to mplement a program for Demand Sde Management (DSM) usng ther low voltage

More information

coviva smartbox TKP100A

coviva smartbox TKP100A Operaton and confguraton nstructons covva smartbox TKP100A WLAN stck TKH180 Power supply (replacement requrement) TKC110 Page 1/30 05-2017 Inhalt Desgn and layout of the devce...3 Scope of delvery...3

More information

vacon 20 complete user manual ac drives Phone: Fax: Web: -

vacon 20 complete user manual ac drives Phone: Fax: Web:  - vacon 20 ac drves complete user manual Table of contents Document: DPD00716E1 Release date: 08.03.2013 Software package: FW0107V008.vcx 1.Safety 1 1.1Warnngs 1 1.2Safety nstructons 3 1.3Earthng and earth

More information

vacon 20 ac drives complete user manual

vacon 20 ac drives complete user manual vacon 20 ac drves complete user manual Document: DPD00716H1 Release date: July, 2016 Software package: FW0107V012.vcx 1.Safety 1 1.1Warnngs 1 1.2Safety nstructons 3 1.3Earthng and earth fault protecton

More information

STRATO-THERM* Terminal and Splice Hand Crimping Tools and 59461

STRATO-THERM* Terminal and Splice Hand Crimping Tools and 59461 STRATO-THERM* Termnal and Splce Hand Crmpng Tools 59294 and 59461 Instructon Sheet 408-1259 17 AUG 10 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered

More information

GT 25 / 40 / 50 / 60 / 75 / 90 / 120A

GT 25 / 40 / 50 / 60 / 75 / 90 / 120A GT / 0 / 0 / 0 / / 90 / 0A SOLID STATE RELAYS WITH ANOG CTROL Man applcatons Plastcs extruson lnes and njecton mouldng machnes Polymerzaton plant for synthetc fbre producton Rubber mouldng machnery Drers

More information

Terminating Tools

Terminating Tools Termnatng Tools 2-231652- 5 Instructon Sheet and 2-231652- 9 for 408-9770 DEConnect Modular Plugs 29 NOV 10 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

Grafik auf der Vorgabeseite in den Grafikrahmen importieren!

Grafik auf der Vorgabeseite in den Grafikrahmen importieren! Grafk auf der Vorgabesete n den Grafkrahmen mporteren! COMAND Operator s Manual Mercedes-Benz Order-No. DamlerChrysler 6515 6668 13 Blaupunkt 8 622 403 703 Index E Parts-No. 230 584 38 82 US Edton E 07/03

More information

Digital Transmission

Digital Transmission Dgtal Transmsson Most modern communcaton systems are dgtal, meanng that the transmtted normaton sgnal carres bts and symbols rather than an analog sgnal. The eect o C/N rato ncrease or decrease on dgtal

More information

MCP 2.8 mm Contact System and Wire Seal for 1P Starter Motor Connectors

MCP 2.8 mm Contact System and Wire Seal for 1P Starter Motor Connectors MCP 2.8 mm Contact System and Wre Seal for 1P Starter Motor Connectors Applcaton Specfcaton 114-13295 05 MAY 11 All numercal values are n metrc unts [wth U.S. customary unts n brackets]. Dmensons are n

More information

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly and Die Assemblies [ ]

PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crimping Tool Assembly and Die Assemblies [ ] PRO-CRIMPER* III Hand Crmpng Tool Assembly 58546-1 and De Assembles 58545-[ ] Instructon Sheet 408-8678 13 MAR 14 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually

More information

Product Information. Gripper for small components EGP

Product Information. Gripper for small components EGP Product Informaton EGP EGP Hgh Performance Densty. Fast. Compact. EGP grpper for small components Electrc 2-fnger parallel grpper wth smooth-runnng base jaws guded on roller bearngs Feld of applcaton Grppng

More information

Passive Filters. References: Barbow (pp ), Hayes & Horowitz (pp 32-60), Rizzoni (Chap. 6)

Passive Filters. References: Barbow (pp ), Hayes & Horowitz (pp 32-60), Rizzoni (Chap. 6) Passve Flters eferences: Barbow (pp 6575), Hayes & Horowtz (pp 360), zzon (Chap. 6) Frequencyselectve or flter crcuts pass to the output only those nput sgnals that are n a desred range of frequences (called

More information

AC-DC CONVERTER FIRING ERROR DETECTION

AC-DC CONVERTER FIRING ERROR DETECTION BNL- 63319 UC-414 AGS/AD/96-3 INFORMAL AC-DC CONVERTER FIRING ERROR DETECTION O.L. Gould July 15, 1996 OF THIS DOCUMENT IS ALTERNATING GRADIENT SYNCHROTRON DEPARTMENT BROOKHAVEN NATIONAL LABORATORY ASSOCIATED

More information

Instruction Sheet AMPMODU* MTE CONNECTORS Mar 11 Rev A

Instruction Sheet AMPMODU* MTE CONNECTORS Mar 11 Rev A Instructon Sheet AMPMODU* MTE CONNECTORS 408-6919 10 Mar 11 PROPER USE GUIDELINES Cumulatve Trauma Dsorders can result from the prolonged use of manually powered hand tools. Hand tools are ntended for

More information

RC Filters TEP Related Topics Principle Equipment

RC Filters TEP Related Topics Principle Equipment RC Flters TEP Related Topcs Hgh-pass, low-pass, Wen-Robnson brdge, parallel-t flters, dfferentatng network, ntegratng network, step response, square wave, transfer functon. Prncple Resstor-Capactor (RC)

More information

Shunt Active Filters (SAF)

Shunt Active Filters (SAF) EN-TH05-/004 Martt Tuomanen (9) Shunt Actve Flters (SAF) Operaton prncple of a Shunt Actve Flter. Non-lnear loads lke Varable Speed Drves, Unnterrupted Power Supples and all knd of rectfers draw a non-snusodal

More information

AMPINNERGY* Modular Wiring System 25 JUL 11 Rev G

AMPINNERGY* Modular Wiring System 25 JUL 11 Rev G Applcaton Specfcaton 114-6039 AMPINNERGY* Modular Wrng System 25 JUL 11 Rev G All numercal values are n metrc unts [wth U.S. customary unts n brackets]. Dmensons are n mllmeters [and nches]. Unless otherwse

More information

Prevention of Sequential Message Loss in CAN Systems

Prevention of Sequential Message Loss in CAN Systems Preventon of Sequental Message Loss n CAN Systems Shengbng Jang Electrcal & Controls Integraton Lab GM R&D Center, MC: 480-106-390 30500 Mound Road, Warren, MI 48090 shengbng.jang@gm.com Ratnesh Kumar

More information

Product Information. Gripper for small components EGP

Product Information. Gripper for small components EGP Product Informaton EGP EGP Hgh Performance Densty. Fast. Compact. EGP grpper for small components Electrc 2-fnger parallel grpper wth smooth-runnng base jaws guded on roller bearngs Feld of applcaton Grppng

More information

IO.ZS-30.31Ex.02(ENG) APLISENS MANUFACTURE OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS AND CONTROL INSTRUMENTS USER S MANUAL

IO.ZS-30.31Ex.02(ENG) APLISENS MANUFACTURE OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS AND CONTROL INSTRUMENTS USER S MANUAL IO.ZS-30.31Ex.02(ENG) APLISENS MANUFACTURE OF PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS AND CONTROL INSTRUMENTS USER S MANUAL REPEATER POWER SUPPLY (POWER SUPPLY ISOLATOR) ZS 30Ex1 wth 24V DC supply ZS 31Ex1 wth 230V AC supply

More information

Grafik auf der Vorgabeseite in den Grafikrahmen importieren!

Grafik auf der Vorgabeseite in den Grafikrahmen importieren! Grafk auf der Vorgabesete n den Grafkrahmen mporteren! COMAND Operator s Manual Mercedes-Benz Order-No. DamlerChrysler 6515 6665 13 Blaupunkt 8 622 403 493 Index D Parts-No. 230 584 36 82 US Edton B 10/02

More information

Product Information. Universal gripper PGN-plus-E

Product Information. Universal gripper PGN-plus-E Product Informaton PGN-plus-E PGN-plus-E Relable. Robust. Flexble. PGN-plus-E unversal grpper Unversal, Electrc 2-Fnger Parallel Grpper wth permanent lubrcaton, large grppng force and hgh maxmum moments

More information

Secure Transmission of Sensitive data using multiple channels

Secure Transmission of Sensitive data using multiple channels Secure Transmsson of Senstve data usng multple channels Ahmed A. Belal, Ph.D. Department of computer scence and automatc control Faculty of Engneerng Unversty of Alexandra Alexandra, Egypt. aabelal@hotmal.com

More information

Service Manual 5414/5416. Vacuum-Belt Applicator. Made in Germany

Service Manual 5414/5416. Vacuum-Belt Applicator. Made in Germany Servce Manual Vacuum-Belt Applcator 5414/5416 Made n Germany 2 Servce Manual 2 for the followng products Famly Vacuum-Belt Applcator Type 5414L 5414R 5416L 5416R Edton: 04/2018 - Part No. 9003095 Copyrght

More information